Home

AM(FL) usa cover.qxp - Soul Hamsters Forum

1. USE THE DESIGNATE D FUSE AND RELAY ONLY 91941 2K020 OAM072027L ae Maintenance Engine 1 6 Description Fuse rating Protected component Ba 50A I P Junction Box Power Window Relay Fuse P WDW LH 25A P WDW RH 25A PDM 2 10A HAZARD 15A INVERTER 50A Oil Pump Invertor Alternator Fuse ABS 2 40A ABS 1 40A RR HTD 40A BLOWER1 40A MDPS 80A MULTI a 125A A CON 10A FUSE ABS 1 40A ESC Module ABS 2 40A ESC Module RR HTD 40A I P Junction Box Rear Defogger Relay BLOWER 1 40A Blower Relay MDPS 1 80A EPS Control Module IG 2 40A Ignition Switch PDM Relay Box IG 1 Realy Start Relay IG 1 40A Ignition Switch PDM Relay Box IG 2 Realy ECU 1 30A Engine Control Relay H LP 20A H LP Relay C FAN 30A C Fan HI Relay C Fan Low Relay I P Junction Box Tail Lamp Relay Fuse TAIL LP LH 10A TAIL LP RH 10A SUNROOF 20A B 2 50A AMP 25A DR LOCK 20A STOP LP 15A T GATE OPEN 15A FOG LP FRT 15A FUSE Power Connector ROOM LP 10A MODULE 15A F PUMP 15A F Pump Relay PDM 25A PDM Smart Key Control Module SEAT HEATER 20A Driver Seat Warmer Passenger Seat Warmer ECU 2 15A PCM ECM H LP HI 20A H LP HI Relay HORN 10A Horn Relay Maintenance i Description Fuse rating Protected component DEDICATE DRL 10A BCM BLOWER 2 10A A C Control Module Auto SENSOR 1 10A SENSOR 2 10A
2. Replace engine coolant First 120 000 miles or 120 months after every 30 000 miles or 24 months Q Replace engine oil and filter Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Every 7 500 miles or 12 months K Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace No check No service required QO Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped Maintenance SE MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals R Replace Inspect and after inspection clean adjust repair or replace if necessary MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE DRIVING MAINTENANCENTEM OPERATION INTERVALS CONDITION ENGINE OIL AND FILTER R EVERY 3 750 miles OR 6 months A B C D E F GH I J K AIR CLEANER FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY GE SPARK PLUGS R MORE FREQUENTLY A B H K DISC BRAKE PADS CALIPERS AND ROTORS l MORE FREQUENTLY C D G H REAR BRAKE DRUMS LININGS PARKING BRAKE l MORE FREQUENTLY C D G H STEERING GEAR BOX LINKAGE amp BOOTS LOWER l MORE FREQUENTLY C D E FG H ARM BALL JOINT UPPER ARM BSALL JOINT DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS l EVERY 7 500 miles OR 6 months C D E F G H MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL R EVERY 80 000 miles A C D E F G
3. RPT Only a track file is repeat edly played back e FLD RPT MP3 WMA Only Only files in a folder are repeatedly played back 5 Button Play each song in the CD for 10 sec onds To cancel SCAN Play press this button again SIRIUSA MPD Oitti 6 cLocK 4 6 CD Slot Insert a CD label side up and gently push in while ignition switch is on ACC or ON The audio automatically switches to CD mode and begins to play the CD If the audio was turned off audio power will automatically turned on as the CD is inserted e This audio only recognizes 12cm size CD DA Audio CD or ISO data CD MP3 CD e If UDF data CD or non CD e g DVD is inserted Reading Error message will be displayed and the disc will be ejected Do not insert a CD if CD indicator is lit Features of your vehicle v SEK A SCAN MUTE V FSER 7 7 GiVNe Button Press button for less than 0 8 seconds to play from the beginning of current song Press button for less than 0 8 seconds and press again within 1 second to play the previous song Press button for 0 8 sec onds or longer to initiate reverse direction high speed sound search of current song Press button for less than 0 8 seconds to play the next song Press button for 0 8 sec onds or longer to initiate forward direction high speed sound search of current song Info SETUP ENTER AUDIO a PUSH 3 4 5 6 AN SCAN MUTE eoi bep
4. 4 62 SAVO CONTONE oesie 4 106 4 Advanced Lighting Speaker 4 108 5 Driver s Front Air Ba a 6 Auto Cruise Controls ceeeee T T XSTIANNEES INE Tfoncocronnceccesqoeccacamencecaoced fa WEYL COIN iO E ecoccnceseecnceongsccnconncenqacedce 9 Engine start stop button HlORActiverEC bUtOngemreceetererteete 11 Hazard Warning Flasher SM E R 4 61 6 2 12 Passenger air bag OFF indicator 3 38 13 Climate Control System 4 73 4 82 14 Shnittilever a a 5 17 5 20 15 Brake Pedal 16 Accelerator Pedal EAE EE E oceeceoncoccacascceceneccsacaance 5 26 18 Gove BOr te eee ee 4 95 19 Passenger s Front Air Bag 3 44 if equipped Your vehicle at a glance ENGINE COMPARTMENT E 1 6 Gasoline 1 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir 7 32 2 Engine Oil Filler Cap eeeeee 7 26 3 Engine Oil Dipstick 1 26 4 Engine Coolant Reservoir 7 28 5S Radiator Cap a a 7 29 6 Brake Clutch Fluid Reservoir 7 31 7 Positive Battery Terminal 4 7 38 8 Negative Battery Terminal 7 38 OUIEUSEIBOX E eet reper eens 7 55 10 AirClean ratea ae 7 34 if equipped OAM012003 0AM072100L Seats 3 2 Seat belts 3 14 Child restraint system 3 24 Air bag advanced supplemental restraint system 3 32 Safety features of your vehicle Safety features of your vehicle SEATS Front seat 1 Forward
5. 8 Button e Press button to move to child folder of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press TUNE ENTER knob to move to the folder displayed It will play the first song in the folder Press button to move to parent folder of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press TUNE ENTER knob to move to the folder displayed 9 He Button Displays the information of the cur rent song e Audio CD Disc Title Artist Track Title Artist Total Track e MP3 CD File Name Title Artist Album Folder Total Files Not dis played if the information is unavail able on the CD or file 10 Knob amp Button e Turn this knob clockwise to browse songs after current song or coun terclockwise to browse songs before current song To play the displayed song press the knob e Pressing this knob without turning enters to AUDIO CONTROL mode Features of your vehicle NOTE 2 Folder playing order Order of playing files folders If no song file is contained in 1 Song playing order to the folder that folder is not dis sequentially played x Root gt Folder gt Folder AA gt Folder ABA Folder i gt Folder ABB gt oder BA D Song File Root Folder A gt gt Folder BB f gt O ro Lpo i z Folders Folder ABA dO Folder AB DO Folder B F
6. Tires and wheels in section 8 What to do in an emergency Important use of compact spare tire if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a com pact spare tire This compact spare tire takes up less space than a regu lar size tire This tire is smaller than a conventional tire and is designed for temporary use only You should drive carefully when the compact spare is in use The compact spare should be replaced by the proper conventional tire and rim at the first opportunity The operation of this vehicle is not recommended with more than one compact spare tire in use at the same time The compact spare should be inflat ed to 60 psi 420 kPa Check the inflation pressure after installing the spare tire Adjust it to the specified pressure as necessary When using a compact spare tire observe the following precautions Under no circumstances should you exceed 50 mph 80 km h a higher speed could damage the tire Ensure that you drive slowly enough for the road conditions to avoid all hazards Any road hazard such as a pothole or debris could seriously damage the compact spare e Any continuous road use of this tire could result in tire failure loss of vehicle control and possible per sonal injury e Do not exceed the vehicle s maxi mum load rating or the load carry ing capacity shown on the sidewall of the compact spare tire Avoid driving over obstacles The compact spare tire d
7. With the seat warmer switch in the ON position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature CAUTION Seat damage e When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner ben zene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may damage the sur face of the heater or seats To prevent overheating the seat warmer do not place any thing on the seats that insu lates against heat such as blankets cushions or seat covers on the seats while the seat warmer is in operation Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers Damage to the seat warming components could occur Safety features of your vehicle A WARNING Seat warmer burns Never allow passengers who may not be able to take care of themselves to be exposed to the risk of seat heater burns These include 1 Infants children elderly or disabled persons or hospital outpatients 2 Persons with sensitive skin or those that burn easily 3 Fatigued individuals 4 Intoxicated individuals 5 Individuals taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness sleeping pills cold tablets etc Armrest if equipped To use the armrest swing down the armrest to the lowest position OUN026040 H Seatback pocket if equipped A WARNING Seatback pockets Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the seatback pocket An occupant could contact such objec
8. blinks When the vehicle stability manage ment is operating properly you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle This is only the effect of brake control and indicates nothing unusual The VSM does not operate when e Driving on bank road such as gra dient or incline e Driving rearward e ESC OFF indicator light 2 remains on the instrument cluster e EPS indicator light remains on the instrument cluster VSM operation off If you press the ESC OFF button to turn off the ESC the VSM will also cancel and the ESC OFF indicator light amp illuminates To turn on the VSM press the button again The ESC OFF indicator light goes out Malfunction indicator The VSM can be deactivated even if you don t cancel the VSM operation by pressing the ESC OFF button It indicates that a malfunction has been detected somewhere in the Electric Power Steering system or VSM system If the ESC indicator light amp or EPS warning light remains on take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked e The VSM is designed to function above approximately 9 mph 15 km h on curves e The VSM is designed to function above approximately 18 mph 30 km h when a vehicle is braking on a split mu road The split mu road is made of surfaces which have dif ferent friction forces The Vehicle Stability Management system is not a substitute for safe driving practices but a supplemen tary function only
9. lt As a reminder to the driver the seat belt warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned on the seat belt warning light and the seat belt warning chime will operate for approximately 6 seconds But if the belt is refastened within the 6 seconds the warning chime will turn off and the warning light will blink for the remainder of the 6 second peri od If the driver s seat belt is disconnect ed after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the seat belt warning light will blink for approxi mately 6 seconds But if it is fastened within the 6 seconds the warning light will turn off immediately Features of your vehicle If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph 10 km h the seat belt warning light and chime will operate approxi mately 11 times with a pattern of 6 seconds on and 24 seconds off until the belt is fastened or the vehicle speed decreases below 3 mph 5 km h Turn signal indicator a The blinking green arrows on the instrument panel show the direction indicated by the turn signals If the arrow comes on but does not blink blinks more rapidly than normal or does not illuminate at all it indicates a malfunction in the turn signal sys tem You should consult your dealer for repairs Feat
10. 1125 80D15 40x15 420 420 420 420 65 79 mee 33 33 35 35 9 11 88 107 Full size tire Compact spare 60 60 60 60 T125 80D16 4 0Tx16 tire if equipped i 420 420 420 420 1 Normal load Up to 3 persons 2 High speed above 100 mph 160 km h CAPACITY WEIGHT 1 6 Engine 2 0 Engine nom M T AT M T AIT Gross veMeIe weigh bs kg 3671 1665 3715 1685 3836 1740 3880 1760 Luggage volume cu ft 2 12 340 12 340 fio sce ceses cee S E A eee ereae cae cece ee ese See Sse seemaeetescene lec ee ee ae see sere eee eee Roel ees cease E ere senso Sse eee sseteene E TE ose Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability use only lubricants of the proper quality The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved tuel economy These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle Lubricant Volume Classification Engine oil drain and refill 1 6 Enigne SAT US qi eat API Service SM or obove ILSAC GF 4 eae ra 20 AGING 4 23 US qt 4 0 1 Sha sk OWNS or equivalent OWA eZ 1 6 Engine peri API Service GL 4 SAE 75W 85 fill for life Manual transaxle fluid aA i or other brands meeting the GL 4 specitication 2 0 Engine ee tte gi approved by Kia Motors Cor Sere 1 9 2 0 1 PP y P MICHANG ATF SP IV
11. Automatic Locking mode o Oo The lap shoulder belt automatically returns to the emergency lock mode whenever the belt is allowed to retract fully Therefore the preceding seven steps must be followed each time a child restraint is installed To remove the child restraint press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully E OAM039048 Securing a child restraint seat with tether anchor system Child restraint hook holders are located on the back of the rear seat backs Safety features of your vehicle _ Route the child restraint seat teth er strap over the seatback For vehicles with adjustable head rests route the tether strap under the headrest and between the headrest posts otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seatback 2 Connect the tether strap hook to the appropriate child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the child restraint seat Check that the child restraint system is secure by pushing and pulling it in different directions Incorrectly fitted child restraints may swing twist tip or separate causing death or serious injury 1SAE3090A Securing a child restraint seat with child seat lower anchor sys tem Some child seat manufacturers make child restraint seats that are labeled as LATCH or LATCH com patible child restraint seats LATCH sta
12. OUN026150 Using a child restraint system For small children and babies the use of a child seat or infant seat is required This child seat or infant seat should be of appropriate size for the child and should be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions S E EEO EE AE AE EEE E EOE AE EE E E E Safety features of your vehicle For safety reasons we recommend that the child restraint system be used in the rear seats Since all passenger seat belts move freely under normal conditions and only lock under extreme or emer gency conditions emergency locking mode you must manually change these seat belts to the automatic locking mode to secure a child restraint If the seat belt does not operate as described in this section have the system checked immediately by your authorized Kia dealer E2MS103005 Placing a passenger seat belt into the automatic locking mode The automatic locking mode will help prevent the normal movement of the child in the vehicle from causing the seat belt to loosen and compromise the child restraint system To secure a child restraint system use the fol lowing procedure OEN036101 To install a child restraint system on the outboard or center rear seats do the following 1 Place the child restraint system on the seat and route the lap shoul der belt around or through the restraint following the restraint manufacturer s instructions Be sure the
13. BHRHRBREHEEBEHBEEHEHEHEEBEHEEHEHEHEHEHEHREHEHEEREeReeREeREeeReee ee ee eee eReeReeReeReRe eRe RE eRe eee eRe RRR eRe eee eee eee ee gt gt 0WNER S MANUAL LOADING Cave TM rise MOTORS The Power to Surp GAS STATION INFORMATION N Gasoline UNLEADED gasoline AKI Anti Knock Index 87 or higher Fuel Tank Capacity 12 68 gal 48 liters Recommended Engine Oil API Service SM or above ILSAC GF 4 or above Engine Oil Capacity with Filter 1 6L Engine 3 49 qts 3 3 liters 2 0L Engine 4 23 qts 4 0 liters Engine Coolant 1 6L Engine 6 87 qts 6 5 liters 2 0L Engine 6 76 qts 6 4 liters Tire Pressure measured cold P195 65R15 33 psi P205 55R16 33 psi P235 45R18 33 psi Automatic Transaxle Fluid MICHANG ATF SP IV SK ATF SP IV NOCA ATF SP IV Kia genuine ATF SP IV or other brands meeting the above specifi cation approved by Kia motors corp Capacity 1 6L Engine 7 71 qts 7 3 liters 2 0L Engine 7 5 gts 7 1 liters Manual Transaxle Fluid API Service GL 4 SAE 75W 85 fill for life or other brands meeting the GL 4 specitication approved by Kia Motors Corp Capacity 1 6L Engine 1 9 2 0 US qt 1 8 1 9 liters 2 0L Engine 2 0 2 11 US qt 1 9 2 0 liters Brake Fluid FMVSS116 DOT 3 or DOT 4 Kia THE COMPANY Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle As a global car manufacturer focused on building high quality value for money prices K
14. ETET chargenent ne dot jamais dipasar 5 ig ou m f ADDITIONAL coo ee coo 42m RENSEIGNEMENTS J TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT FRONT NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTALS want annatac The combined weight cf occupants and cargo shoki neww exceed pag ADO ayy BS Le pogs ictal des occupants et Gu charpemert ne dot amas C passer igo L SEE s MANUAL FOR fie tet POUR PLUS DE RENSEIGNEMENTS E Type F TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT FRONT REAR SEATING CAPACITY Lael anni ne NOMBRE DE PLACES AANT The combed wege of carp should newer encetd ppg BDO pyg BS Lo pets tad de congarts Gi chon te So ule Spent kg ow h SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR COLD TIRE PRESSURE Lepage DES ADOMIONAL VOIR LE MANUEL age row mn or rea PLUS URDE AUCUN OAM052201N OAM052202N OAM052203N Tire and loading information label The label located on the driver s door sill gives the original tire size cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight Vehicle capacity weight 849 Ibs 385 kg Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi mum combined weight of occupants and cargo If your vehicle is equipped with a trailer the combined weight includes the tongue load Seating capacity Total 5 persons Front seat 2 persons
15. For information on extended sub scription terms contact SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 NOTE Satellite Radio requires SIRIUS com patible receiver and a subscription serv ice fee after trial period Vehicles without a factory installed radio receiver require hardware pur chase and installation Please see your dealer for further details All fees and programming subject to change Subscriptions governed by the SIRIUS Terms amp Conditions available at www sirius com service terms Available only in the 48 contiguous United States and the District of Columbia Service available in Canada see www siriuscanada ca Kia shall not be responsible for any such programming changes Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number ESN This 12 digit Satellite Serial Number is needed to re activate modify or track your satellite radio account You will need this number when communicating with SIRIUS FM AM saT Q CD AUX POWER PUSH I 1 2 3 4 SCAN MUTE 3 Using SIRIUS Satellite Radio Your Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3 month complimentary period of SIR IUS Satellite Radio so you have access to over 130 channels of music information and entertain ment programming A 21 Activation In order to extend or reactivate your subscription to SIRIUS Satellite Radio you will need to contact SIR IUS Customer Care at 1 888 539 7474 Have your 12 digit SID Sirius Identification Number ESN Electron
16. Rear seat 3 persons Seating capacity is the maximum number of occupants including a driver your vehicle may carry However the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants and the weight of the cargo being carried or towed Driving your vehicle Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight or load limit including occupants and cargo the vehicle can carry Towing capacity We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing Cargo capacity The cargo capacity of your vehicle will increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occupants and the tongue load if your vehicle is equipped with a trailer Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and lug gage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs and there will be five 150 Ibs passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and lug gage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the
17. Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the curb weight accessory weight and normal occu pant weight and dividing by 2 Vehicle Placard A label permanent ly attached to a vehicle showing the original equipment tire size and rec ommended inflation pressure All season tires Kia specifies all season tires on some models to provide good per formance for use all year round including snowy and icy road condi tions All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires Kia specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior perform ance on dry roads Summer tire per formance is substantially reduced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M S Mud and Snow on the tire side wall if you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions Kia recom mends the use of snow tires or all season tires on all four wheels Snow tires If you equip your car with snow tires they should be the same size and have the same load capacity as the original tires Snow tires should be installed on all four wheels other wise poor handling may result Snow tires should carry 4 psi 28 kPa more air pressure than the pressure recommended for the stan dard tir
18. Ch or Artist Title can be selected CLOCK Select this item to enter Clock setup mode Adjust the hour and press the button to set Adjust the minute and press the button to complete and exit from clock adjustment mode Pressing the button while in power off screen will allow the user to make immediately adjustments to the clock e PHONE Select this item to enter Bluetooth wireless technology setup mode Refer to BLUETOOTH PHONE OPERATION section for detailed information e PBASS PowerBass This function creates virtual sound effects and allows adjustments to the Bass level Off Low Mid High Off 3 AM Mode is not supported Features of your vehicle SETUP ENTER AUDIO PUSH Preen 9 9 TUNE amp Audio Control Knob Rotate the knob clockwise or coun terclock wise to increase or decrease from current frequency AM 10 kHz FM 200 MHz Pressing the button changes the BASS MIDDLE TREBLE FADER and BALANCE TUNE mode The mode selected is shown on the dis play After selecting each mode rotate the Audio control knob clock wise or counterclockwise e BASS Control To increase the BASS rotate the knob clockwise while to decrease the BASS rotate the knob counter clockwise e MIDDLE Control To increase the MIDDLE rotate the knob clockwise while to decrease the MIDDLE rotate the knob coun terclockwise e TREBLE Control To
19. E Vases dance heats caneeness 5 30 Emergency starting PAE E ecaaantaus boauesaaricaadiabaviagectesaviawers 6 4 Jump starting duclebsncodadcddadstaodetactesiescnassoateaedeassacdsceumececesed 6 5 Push starting E seddindubGes setndebasdeagedsesedesevcayesdac seduced 6 6 Emergency while driving AIEEE E SELA TATAE AANA ARY 6 3 Emission control SYS EM seresesseeeseseseeeeteeseseeetetseseeneneeeees 7 84 Crankcase emission control system eeeeeeereeeereeee 7 84 Evaporative emission control System 7 84 Exhaust emission control System eere 7 85 Pi pen i econ ett csc Seas cet cece ca ieinter ii 8 2 Engine COMPALtMENt e eereeeeeeseeeteeeseteeete tees teteteeeeteeneeeens J A Engine COOLANE enera eee EEEN EERTE DaT aS EEEO ESEE T28 Engine Mili Cate ee ee ere errr rr 8 8 Engine Cllliseteceueceaheccoucegnsesenct os ssavevascsmevenvecerectmeescansseenetrens 7 26 Engine OVELNE ALS seereeececeeeeteteeeeeeeeeaneesceceeeceeeeaeeesesaneeseeees 6 7 Engine start stop button e ee eee eseeveseecesce sense ee seesvesseseseesen sees 5 8 Engine temperature gauge eeseeeereerereererereereeeteeereereees 4 39 Engine will hot Start seeecsesenssesesaeccssecsescsessecsseecesenss 6 4 Evaporative emission control System eeeeeeereerereeree 7 84 Exhaust emission control systemn ssssssseseeseees 7 85 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 22 Pxteri Ob CatGsssiistssesectevsis ss stassicesestsestessdsvescestassssvsesenineted 7 7
20. ESC system e To prevent the vehicle from mis firing during dynamometer test ing turn the Electronic Stability Control ESC system off by pressing the ESC switch After dynamometer testing is completed turn the ESC system back on by pressing the ESC switch again 1 Crankcase emission control system The positive crankcase ventilation system is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow by gases being emitted from the crankcase This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose Inside the crankcase the fresh air mixes with blow by gases which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system 2 Evaporative emission con trol including ORVR Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery system The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping into the atmos phere The ORVR system is designed to allow the vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded into a canister while refu eling at the gas station preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere Maintenance r Canister Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister When the engine is running the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control sole noid valve Purge Control Solenoid Valve PCSV The purge control solenoid valve is controlled by the Engine Control
21. If the pressure is low add air until you reach the rec ommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and mois ture e Inspect your tires frequently for proper inflation as well as wear and damage Always use a tire pres sure gauge Tires with too much or too little pressure wear unevenly causing poor handling loss of vehicle con trol and sudden tire failure leading to accidents injuries and even death The recommended cold tire pressure for your vehicle can be found in this manual and on the tire label located on the driver s side center pillar Remember to check the pressure of your spare tire Kia recommends that you check the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tires on your vehicle Tire rotation To equalize tread wear it is recom mended that the tires be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or sooner if irregular wear develops During rotation check the tires for correct balance When rotating tires check for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pres sure improper wheel alignment out of balance wheels severe braking or severe cornering Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tire Replace the tire if you find either
22. It will also lock Safety features of your vehicle if you try to lean forward too quickly If you are not able to smoothly pull enough of the seat belt from the retractor firmly pull the belt out and release it Then you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly Front seat adi OUN026100 Height adjustment You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of the 4 positions for maximum comfort and safety The height of the seat belt should not be too close to your neck The shoul der portion should be adjusted so that it lies across your chest and mid way over your shoulder near the door and not your neck To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position To raise the height adjuster pull it up 1 To lower it push it down 3 while pressing the height adjuster button 2 Release the button to lock the anchor into position Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position Safety features of your vehicle B200A02NF You should place the lap belt portion as low as possible and snugly across your hips If the lap belt is located too high on your waist it may increase the chance of injury in the event of a collision The arm closest to the seat belt buckle should be over the belt while the other arm should be under the belt as shown in the illustration Seat belts Front passe
23. ONLY Roadside Assistance is provided on all new current model year Kia Vehicles from the date the vehicle is deliv ered to the first retail buyer or otherwise put into use in service date whichever is earlier for a period of 60 months or 60 000 miles whichever is earlier subject to the terms conditions and exclusions set forth in the Kia Warranty and Consumer Information Manual applicable to your model year vehicle KMA reserves the right to limit or deny services or other benefits to any owner or driver when in KMA s judgment the claims and or service requests are excessive in fre quency or type of occurrence Toll free consumer assistance Kia s toll free Consumer Assistance hot line is staffed from 5 00 AM to 6 00 PM PST Monday through Friday and is accessible by dialing 1 800 333 4Kia 4542 For more information regarding assistance available please refer to your Kia Warranty amp Consumer Information Manual Emergency roadside assistance Kia s toll free Roadside Assistance hot line is staffed 24 hours a day 365 days a year and is accessible by dialing 1 800 333 4Kia 4542 Please note that you must provide your Vehicle Identification Number VIN to verify coverage at the time of your call The VIN can be found on the dash of your vehicle on the driver s side on the door jamb of the dri ver s door your vehicle s registration or proof of insur ance card Kia utilizes a network of over 17 000 roads
24. ROOM LP 10A MODULE 15A F PUMP 15A F Pump Relay PDM 25A PDM Smart Key Control Module SEAT HEATER 20A Driver Seat Warmer Passenger Seat Warmer ECU 2 15A PCM ECM TCU 20A PCM H LP HI 20A H LP HI Relay HORN 10A Horn Relay Maintenance i Description Fuse rating Protected component DEDICATE DRL 10A BCM BLOWER 2 10A A C Control Module Auto SENSOR 1 10A Camshaft Position Sensor 1 2 Oil Control Valve 1 2 Canister Control Valve A Con Relay Immobilizer Module SENSOR 2 10A C Fan HI Low Relay Injector 1 4 IGN COIL 15A Ignition Coil 1 4 Condenser ECU 3 20A PCM ECM SENSOR 3 15A Oxygen Sensor Up Down F Pump Relay Purge Control Solenoid Valve FUSE Variable Intake Solenoid Valve H LP LH 10A Head Lamp LH H LP RH 10A Head Lamp RH HTD STRG 15A WIPER 10A PCM Electro Chromic Mirror Rear Combination Lamp LH RH Instrument Cluster Sarr We 1A A V amp Navigation Head Unit Audio MDPS 2 10A EPS Control Module A CON 10A A Con Relay Maintenance LIGHT BULBS Use only the bulbs of the specified wattage A CAUTION Light replacement Be sure to replace the burned out bulb with one of the same wattage rating Otherwise it may cause damage to the fuse or electric wiring system If you don t have necessary tools the correct bulbs and the expertise con sult an authorized Kia dealer In many cases it is difficult to replace ve
25. The engine starts automatically as soon as the starting conditions are met The ISG system is ON whenever the engine is running NOTICE When the engine automatically starts by the ISG system some warning lights ABS ESC ESC OFF EPS or Parking brake warn ing light may turn on for a few sec onds This happens because of low battery voltage It does not mean the system is malfunctioning You must reach a speed of at least 5 mph 8 km h since last idle stop The engine will stop and the green AUTO STOP indicator A on the instrument cluster will illuminate If your vehicle is equipped with clus ter type B a message Auto Stop also will appear on the LCD display OAM052051N Auto stop To stop the engine in idle stop mode Stop the vehicle completely by pressing the brake pedal OE er ese seer ates tee ease sae ee eee et eee snes sees sect cere cee ees ese e eee ak seca eee eae Driving your vehicle I OAM052053L Auto Start Deactivated SIO LLECO LALO O LLAY OAM052059N If you open the engine hood in auto stop mode the ISG system will deac tivate the light on the ISG OFF but ton will illuminate A message Auto Start Deactivated Start Manually will appear on the LCD display if equipped Turn the engine on manually Auto start To restart the engine from idle stop mode e Release the brake pedal or e Move the shift gear to the R Reverse position or the sports mode w
26. connect the negative battery cable Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating If the replacement fuse blows this indicates an electrical problem Avoid using the system involved and imme diately consult an authorized Kia dealer Three kinds of fuses are used blade type for lower amperage rating car tridge type and multi fuse for higher amperage ratings CAUTION Fuse replacement Do not use a screwdriver or any other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system NOTICE The actual fuse relay panel label may differ from equipped items Maintenance CAUTION e When replacing a blown fuse or relay with a new one make sure the new fuse or relay fits tightly into the clips The incomplete fastening fuse or relay may cause the vehicle wiring and electric systems damage and a possible fire Do not remove fuses relays and terminals fastened with bolts or nuts The fuses relays and terminals may be fas tened incompletely and it may cause a possible fire If fuses relays and terminals fastened with bolts or nuts are blown we recommend that you con sult with an authorized Kia dealer Do not input any other objects except fuses or relays into fuse relay terminals such as a driver or wiring It may cause contact failure and system malfunction OAM079020 Inner panel fuse replacement 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other
27. even though they have been treated with rust protection Thoroughly flush the vehicle under body and wheel openings with luke warm or cold water once a month after off road driving and at the end of each winter Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it The lower edges of the doors rocker panels and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt trapped water in these areas can cause rust ing Aluminum or chrome wheel main tenance The aluminum or chrome wheels are coated with a clear protective finish e Do not use any abrasive cleaner polishing compound solvent or wire brushes on aluminum or chrome wheels They may scratch or damage the finish Clean the wheel when cooled Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent and rinse thoroughly with water Also be sure to clean the wheels after driving on salted roads This helps prevent corro sion Avoid washing the wheels with high speed car wash brushes Do not use any alkaline or acid detergent It may damage and cor rode the aluminum or chrome wheels coated with a clear protec tive finish it has Maintenance eas Corrosion protection Protecting your vehicle from corro sion By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corrosion we produce vehicles of the
28. including driving at safe speeds for the condi tions The Electronic Stability Control ESC system is an electronic system designed to help the driver maintain vehicle control under adverse conditions It is not a substitute for safe driving practices Factors including speed road conditions and driver steering input can all affect whether ESC will be effective in preventing a loss of control It is still your responsibility to drive and corner at reasonable speeds and to leave a sufficient margin of safety Driving your vehicle When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a cor responding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ESC is active io sccSaeses es otek ee cee eee e ose teen esas eet eee te eee AE eae eee es ete eae Sea see ede ce aoe cet E a soo eee e see eeee aca eee ewec cee aeee ESC operation ESC ON condition When the ignition is turned ON ESC and ESC OFF indicator lights illuminate for approximately 3 sec onds then ESC is turned on Press the ESC OFF but ton for at least half a sec ond after turning the igni tion ON to turn ESC off ESC OFF indicator will illuminate To turn the ESC on press the ESC OFF button ESC OFF indicator light will go off When starting the engine you may hear a slight tick ing sound This is the ESC performing an automatic system self check and doe
29. make sure they are radial tires of the same size and load range as the original tires Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle s handling in all weather conditions Keep in mind that the traction provid ed by snow tires on dry roads may not be as high as your vehicle s orig inal equipment tires You should drive cautiously even when the roads are clear Check with the tire dealer for maximum speed recommendations Do not install studded tires without first checking local state and munic ipal regulations for possible restric tions against their use Driving your vehicle Tire chains Since the sidewalls of radial tires are thinner they can be damaged by mounting some types of snow chains on them Therefore the use of snow tires is recommended instead of snow chains Do not mount tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels snow chains may cause damage to the wheels If snow chains must be used use wire type chains with a thickness of less than 15 mm 0 59 in Damage to your vehicle caused by improper snow chain use is not covered by your vehicle manufacturers warranty When using tire chains install them on the front tires only A CAUTION Snow chains Make sure the snow chains are the correct size and type for your tires Incorrect snow chains can cause damage to the vehicle body and suspension and may not be covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty e The snow chain
30. or Neutral manual transaxle and set the parking brake If the air condition ing is on turn it off 3 If engine coolant is running out under the vehicle or steam is com ing out from underneath the hood stop the engine Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cool ing fan is operating If the fan is not running turn the engine off 4 Check to see if the water pump drive belt is missing If it is not missing check to see that it is tight If the drive belt seems to be satisfactory check for coolant leaking from the radiator hoses or under the vehicle If the air condi tioning had been in use it is nor mal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop o If the water pump drive belt is bro ken or engine coolant is leaking out stop the engine immediately and call the nearest authorized Kia dealer for assistance 6 If you cannot find the cause of the overheating wait until the engine temperature has returned to nor mal Then if coolant has been lost carefully add coolant to the reser voir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark 7 Proceed with caution keeping alert for further signs of overheat ing If overheating happens again call an authorized Kia dealer for assistance Serious loss of coola
31. ous because the brakes might overheat and lose their effective ness It also increases the wear of the brake components If a tire goes flat while you are driv ing apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead while you slow down When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so pull off the road and stop in a safe place Driving your vehicle e If your vehicle is equipped with an automatic transaxle don t let your vehicle creep forward To avoid creeping forward keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped Be cautious when parking on a hill Firmly engage the parking brake and place the shift lever in P auto matic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle If your vehicle is facing downhill turn the front wheels into the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If your vehicle is facing uphill turn the front wheels away from the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If there is no curb or if it is required by other conditions to keep the vehicle from rolling block the wheels e Under some conditions your park ing brake can freeze in the engaged position This is most like ly to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk that the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporarily while you put the shift lever in P automatic transaxle or in f
32. properly placed and installed in the rear seat For more information about the use of these restraints refer to Child restraint system in this section Safety features of your vehicle Larger children Children who are too large for child restraint systems should always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap shoulder belts The lap portion should be fastened and snugged on the hips and as low as possible Check if the belt fits period ically A child s squirming could put the belt out of position Children are given the most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system in the rear seat If a larger child over age 12 must be seated in the front seat the child should be securely restrained by the available lap shoul der belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position Children age 12 and under should be restrained securely in the rear seat NEVER place a child age 12 and under in the front seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in the front seat of a vehicle If the shoulder belt portion slightly touches the child s neck or face try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to a child restraint sys tem Restraint of pregnant women Pregnant women should wear lap shoulder belt assemblies when ever possible according to specific recommendations by the
33. seececacesssecssserssecesaes 5 33 Parking PEAK Gist sstscc cde es aneneen onera e nE ee eiaei 5 26 Power Drakes creesreeeeeteeceeeceeeeeeteeeeeseeesseceseeeeeseeseneeeees 5 25 Vehicle stability management eetere 5 34 Brakes clutch fluid ceceeesceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeceeeeeseeeeeaseeeesseeeee 7 31 Bulb replacement EREN EE IAEE OI ANAN A VEALE AE 7 67 Bulb wattage ee teeeeeeeesitseseesesritisssesstttittesesnrentitensenens 8 2 Button start stop see engine start stop button 5 8 Index a C California perchlorate eI E deeds 7 88 Camera RearyieW eeeeeeeeeereerereererrerreterreterreerereerereeenen 4 60 Capacities Lubricants eeeeeeeeeeeeeereeeetereerereerererertereresee 8 4 Care Exterior CALE ssecceeceeeteeteeeeeeeeeseeceaneee esses eeeeseesseeeaseeeees 7278 Interior careia sens sees secs cvenesnesss ss droes rina Saves seuss ioatecee 7 83 Trecie ee Ne rere Sette net ee eae Tee 7 41 Cargo capacity eeeeeeeereetetreeteetterreerterterteettertteerrereeet 5 54 Cargo e E E 4 102 Cargo weight ESERIES PELASI AEEA AE AET IOE EE TOE AANA 5 58 Center console S O 2 Xe Ree 4 95 Central door lock SWitChy eceeeeceeeeseesseeceeceeeeeeeeaeenes 4 15 Certification label s eescereeeseeceeeeeeeeeeeesseesesaeeeeeeeneesees 5 56 Certification label cssessseceesseeceeeeeeeceeeeeseeeeeaseeeeenseesceees 8 7 Chains TiS chang isssriedcasiessaneesssegecnnssacesonseesadeabawnssncieeesensediasd 5 50 Changing
34. side Move to the cargo area and open the tailgate Features of your vehicle OAM049006 OAM042007N With central door lock switch Operate by pressing the central door lock switch e When pressing the front portion 1 of the switch all vehicle doors will lock When pressing the rear portion 2 of the switch all vehicle doors will unlock If the key is in the ignition switch and any front door is opened the doors will not lock even though the front portion 1 of the central door lock switch is pressed Door lock unlock features Impact sensing door unlock sys tem All doors will be automatically unlocked when the impact is deliv ered to impact sensors while the igni tion switch is ON However the doors may not be unlocked if mechanical problems occur with the door lock system or battery Speed sensing door lock system if equipped All doors will automatically lock after the vehicle speed exceeds 9 3 MPH 15 km h Shift lever door lock unlock sys tem if equipped All doors will automatically unlock when the shift lever is moved into P Park Pic E eee see eee ses eee ees este eee Ss So etesee cere cese see eee os es eneae ees olen Features of your vehicle 3 Close the rear door To open the rear door pull the out side door handle 1 Even though the doors may be unlocked the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle 2 until the rear door child safety lock
35. signal coverage FM radio station B Mountains PI re JBM003 FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequencies and do not bend to follow the earth s surface Because of this FM broadcasts generally begin to fade at short distances from the station Also FM signals are eas ily affected by buildings mountains or other obstructions These can result in certain listening conditions which might lead you to believe a problem exists with your radio The following conditions are normal and do not indicate radio trouble Fading As your vehicle moves away from the radio station the signal will weaken and sound will begin to fade When this occurs we suggest that you select another stronger station Flutter Static Weak FM signals or large obstructions between the transmitter and your radio can dis turb the signal causing static or fluttering noises to occur Reducing the treble level may lessen this effect until the disturbance clears Features of your vehicle Station 2 88 1Mhz JBM005 Station Swapping As a FM signal weakens another more powerful signal near the same frequency may begin to play This is because your radio is designed to lock onto the clearest signal If this occurs select another station with a stronger signal e Multi Path Cancellation Radio signals being received from sever al directions can cause distortion or fluttering This can be caused by a direct and refl
36. tale 1 When the tire pressure monitoring system warning indicators are illumi nated one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If the telltale illuminates immediately reduce your speed avoid hard cor nering and anticipate increased stop ping distances You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible Inflate the tires to the proper pres sure as indicated on the vehicle s placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver s side center pil lar outer panel If you cannot reach a service station or if the tire cannot hold the newly added air replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire Then the TPMS malfunction indicator and the Low Tire Pressure telltale may turn on and illuminate after restarting and about 20 minutes of continuous driving before you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle In winter or cold weather the low tire pressure telltale may be illuminated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recommended tire inflation pressure in warm weather It does not mean your TPMS is malfunctioning because the decreased temperature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure When you drive your vehicle from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area or the out side temperature is greatly higher or lower you should check the tire infla tion pressure and adjust the tires to the recommended tire inflation pres su
37. to keep the vehicle from moving Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelerator pedal Moving up a steep grade from a standing start To move up a steep grade from a standing start depress the brake pedal shift the shift lever to D Drive Select the appropriate gear depending on load weight and steep ness of the grade and release the parking brake Depress the accelera tor gradually while releasing the service brakes Driving your vehicle BRAKE SYSTEM Power brakes Your vehicle has power assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage In the event that the power assisted brakes lose power because of a stalled engine or some other reason you can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than you normally would The stopping distance however will be longer When the engine is not running the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted Pump the brake pedal only when necessary to maintain steering con trol on slippery surfaces CAUTION Brake pedal Do not drive with your foot rest ing on the brake pedal This will create abnormally high brake temperatures which can cause excessive brake lining and pad wear Wet brakes may impair the vehicle s ability to safely slow down the vehi c
38. vehicle has been equipped with a satellite radio antenna located on the roof of your vehicle The vehicle roof provides the best location for an unobstructed open view of the sky a requirement of a satellite radio sys tem Like AM FM there are several factors that can affect satellite radio reception performance e Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the antenna as possible e Terrain Hills mountains tall build ings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunder storms can interfere with your reception SIRIUS Satellite Radio service SIRIUS Satellite Radio is a subscrip tion based satellite radio service that broadcasts music sports news and entertainment programming to radio receivers which are available for installation in motor vehicles or facto ry installed as well as for the home portable and wireless devices and through an Internet connection on personal computer Vehicles that are equipped with a factory installed SIRIUS Satellite Radio system include e Hardware and an introductory trial subscription term which begins on the date of sale or lease of the vehicle For a small upgrade fee access to SIRIUS music channels and other select channels over the Internet using any computer connected to the Internet U S customers only
39. 1 6 Engine 7 71 US qt 7 3 J SK ATF SP IV NOCA ATF SP IV Automatic transaxle fluid Kia genuine ATF SP IV 2 0 Engine 7 5 US qt 7 1 J or other brands meeting the above specification approved by Kia motors corp 1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page 2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available Along with other additional benefits they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction Often these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving but in a year s time they can offer significant cost and energy savings 3 If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country you are able to use API service SL Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects Lubricant Volume Classification 1 6 Engine 6 87 US qt 6 5 l Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water oon 2 0 Engine 6 76 US at 6 4 1 Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator Brake Clutch fluid i ait FMVSS116 DOT 3 or DOT 4 0 7 0 8 2 Fuel 12 68 US gal 48 J Refer to Fuel requirements in section 1 Pisco aeses es otek EO EE Reet eeet a cena AE eee sete eae ease ee nea ce aoe cee E a oo Meee ase eee ence ema ee sage meme a aaa e Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects Recommended SAE viscosity number Always be sure to clean the area around any filler
40. 4 Headrest front POPNE EN NEEND P EIET E TE EIERE ORERE E E 3 6 Headrest rear PEEPEDEESSDES SUFs SENEST ESES SEESE SEKFE SEEK ETSES STERNIS 3 12 Rear seat eeeeeeeeeeeeeereeeeeeeresereresereeoeeeeeeeeeoeoeeeseeeerececseeee 3 10 Seat Warmer eee eK EEEE EENE IEEE EE RES OASES 3 8 Seatback pocket PE IIE vate Svs oe AAEN E AE 3 9 Shopping bag holder sseeteeeeetteeessteresssteesreteeessttreesntten 4 100 Side impact air bag PAEA NENON PPLE EEEE E EL PERAE 3 47 Smart key P P E E A E S E 4 7 Smooth cornering MA ANE EO EENE EE E E 5 46 SOW TTE roars neake s oE AEE AES EENE EEDE eae ESTS EESE 5 49 Spare tire Compact spare tire seeeeeeeeteeeretteeeesseesesseeesssseeesnereees 6 19 Compact spare tire replacement eeen 7 45 Removing and storing the spare tire eeeereereeeeee 6 14 Special driving conditions e ssesireisrisseescsosssenssissvsisns 5 44 Driving at night EEIE NEEE EPOE AANE A A A 5 46 Driving mflo ded areg ssrerssssresssrsssssssssrsrsseireaessi 5 47 Driving IN the Lai eseese esr rs eoii 5 47 Hazardous driving CONGITIONS 182028022022 sessesesnessoncseesd 5 44 Highway driving EEEE TOPEA PEPEE IEIS IEE EEE TEPA 5 48 Rocking the Vehicle c ceceeeseeceeeneesceceeeseeeeeaneeeeeneeesees 5 45 Smooth cornering ssdbacepsscepaberosossssinsepscbannsdcsascansessass tobe 5 46 18 Speedometer Seales Sea dahbs aves dembedandedenewaees osdadedeedsbendesemeees sata 4 38 Sports POC Gitex aarne anpi ean oa S oae E ENIE ES 5 27 SRS components and functi
41. 6miles 7 10km or about 10min to evenly distribute the sealant in the tire Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph 80 km h If possible do not fall below a speed of 12 mph 20 km h While driving if you experience any unusual vibration ride disturbance or noise reduce your speed and drive with caution until you can safely pull off of the side of the road Call for road side service or towing When you use the Tire Mobility Kit the tire pressure sensors and wheel may be damaged by sealant remove the sealant stained with tire pressure sensors and wheel and inspect in authorized dealer Checking the tire inflation pres sure 1 After driving approximately 4 6miles 7 10km or about 10min stop at a safety location 2 Connect connection hose 9 of the compressor directly to the tire valve 3 Plug the compressor power cord into the vehicle power outlet 4 Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the recommended tire inflation With the ignition switched on pro ceed as follows To increase the inflation pres sure Switch on the compressor position To check the current inflation pressure setting briefly switch off the compressor NOTICE The pressure gauge may show high er than actual reading when the compressor is running To get an accurate tire pressure the compres sor needs to be turned off To reduce the inflation pres sure Loosen the screw cap 8 on the compressor hose What to do
42. A CAUTION Closing tailgate Make sure nothing is near the tailgate latch and striker while closing the tailgate It may dam age the tailgate s latch Jose aeses ns Soc eke eee e seca ose e teense eee Reet eee te cena Ste see ee ees eee setae ae sea tee eset acc ete E eee e oS aMeseenseeceee see eee EE Features of your vehicle i OAM049010 Emergency tailgate safety release Your vehicle is equipped with the emergency tailgate safety release lever located on the bottom of the tailgate When someone is inadver tently locked in the luggage compart ment the tailgate can be opened by pushing the release lever and push ing open the tailgate Features of your vehicle WINDOWS 1 Drivers door power window switch 2 Front passenger s door power window switch 3 Rear door left power window switch 4 Rear door right power window switch 5 Window opening and closing 6 Automatic power window down Drivers window 7 Power window lock switch Pio scceaeses ns oem ee cea sees e tena sete t eee te cena Ste see ee eae eee eee eae ease ee Neate ae eee E AA n see eee ncaa eae e ene meee Saas Features of your vehicle Power windows The ignition switch must be in the ON position for power windows to oper ate Each door has a power window switch that controls the door s win dow The driver has a power window lock button which can block the oper ation of passenger windows The power window
43. BRAKE Parking brake warning This light is illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the igni tion switch in the START or ON posi tion The warning light should go off after a few seconds when the park ing brake is released Low brake fluid level warning If the warning light remains on it may indicate that the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low If the warning light remains on 1 Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle 2 With the engine stopped check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required Then check all brake components for fluid leaks 3 Do not drive the vehicle if leaks are found the warning light remains on or the brakes do not operate properly Have the vehicle towed to any authorized Kia deal er for a brake system inspection and necessary repairs Your vehicle is equipped with dual diagonal braking systems This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the brake cir cuits is damaged or malfunctions With only one of the circuits working more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure are required to stop the vehicle Also the vehicle will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the brake sys tem working If the brakes fail while you are driving shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so To check bulb operation check whether th
44. C Fan HI Low Relay PCM ECM Purge Control Solenoid Valve Variable Intake Solenoid Valve Canister Close Valve Immobilizer Module A Con Relay IGN COIL 15A ECU 3 20A FUSE SENSOR 3 15A Oxygen Sensor Up Down F Pump Relay Oil Control Valve 1 2 PCM ECM H LP LH 10A Head Lamp LH H LP RH 10A Head Lamp RH HTD STRG 15A WIPER 10A PCM Electro Chromic Mirror Rear Combination Lamp LH RH Instrument Cluster RUPE tar 10A A V amp Navigation Head Unit Audio MDPS 2 10A EPS Control Module A CON 10A A Con Relay ae Maintenance Engine 2 0 Description Fuse rating Protected component Ba 50A I P Junction Box Power Window Relay Fuse P WDW LH 25A P WDW RH 25A PDM 2 10A HAZARD 15A INVERTER 50A Oil Pump Invertor Alternator Fuse ABS 2 40A ABS 1 40A RR HTD 40A BLOWER1 40A MDPS 80A MULTI a 125A A CON 10A FUSE ABS 1 40A ESC Module ABS 2 40A ESC Module RR HTD 40A I P Junction Box Rear Defogger Relay BLOWER 1 40A Blower Relay MDPS 1 80A EPS Control Module IG 2 40A Ignition Switch PDM Relay Box IG 1 Realy Start Relay IG 1 40A Ignition Switch PDM Relay Box IG 2 Realy ECU 1 30A Engine Control Relay H LP 20A H LP Relay C FAN 30A C Fan HI Relay C Fan Low Relay I P Junction Box Tail Lamp Relay Fuse TAIL LP LH 10A TAIL LP RH 10A SUNROOF 20A B 2 50A AMP 25A DR LOCK 20A STOP LP 15A T GATE OPEN 15A FOG LP FRT 15A FUSE Power Connector
45. CAUTION Conductors To prevent damage to the con ductors bonded to the inside surface of the rear window never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield refer to Windshield defrosting and defogging in this sec tion E Type A OAM042056 E Type B a5 OAM042309 E Type C OAMO042310 Rear window defroster The defroster heats the window to remove frost fog and thin ice from the rear window while the engine is running To activate the rear window defroster press the rear window defroster button located in the center facia switch panel The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window brush it off before operating the rear defroster The rear window defroster automati cally turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off To turn off the defroster press the rear window defroster but ton again Outside rearview mirror defroster if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the outside rearview mirror defrosters they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster Features of your vehicle MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM 1 Fan speed control knob 2 Mode selection button 3 Temperature control knob 4 Air intake contro button fres
46. Displays no information if the file has no song information Features of your vehicle Some iPod models might not sup port the communication protocol and the files will not be played Supported iPod models iPod Mini iPod 4th Photo 6th Classic generation iPod Nano 1st 4th generation iPod Touch 1st 2nd generation The order of search or playback of songs in the iPod can be different from the order searched in the audio system If the iPod disabled due to its own malfunction reset the iPod Reset Refer to iPod manual An iPod may not operate normally on low battery Some iPod devices such as the iPhone can be connected through the Bluetooth wireless technology interface The device must have audio Bluetooth wireless technol ogy capability such as for stereo headphone Bluetooth wireless technology The device can play but it will not be controlled by the audio system The Kia iPod Power Cable is need ed in order to operate iPod with the audio buttons on the audio system The USB cable provided by Apple may cause malfunction and should not be used for Kia vehi cles The Kia iPod Power Cable may be purchased through your Kia Dealership When connecting iPod with the iPod Power Cable insert the con nector to the multimedia socket completely If not inserted com pletely communications between iPod and audio may be interrupted When adjusting the sound effects of th
47. H J AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 60 000 miles A C E F G H CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY CE FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS A Repeatedly driving shorts distanse of less than 5miles in normal E Driving in sandy areas temperature or less than 10miles in freezing temperature F Driving in heavy traffic area over 90 F 32 C B Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances G Driving on uphill downhill or mountain road C Driving on rough dusty muddy unpaved graveled or salt spread H Towing a Trailer or using a camper or roof rack roads Driving as a patrol car taxi other commercial use or vehicle towing D Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very Y Driving over 100 MPH N cold weather K Frequently driving in stop and go conditions Maintenance a EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Engine oil and filter The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule If the vehicle is being driven in severe con ditions more frequent oil and filter changes are required Drive belts Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts cracks excessive wear or oil saturation and replace if necessary Drive belts should be checked peri odically for proper tension and adjusted as necessary Fuel filter cartridge A clogged filter can limit the speed at which
48. It is the respon sibility of the driver to always check the speed and the distance to the vehicle ahead Always hold the steering wheel firmly while driving Your vehicle is designed to activate according to the driver s intention even with installed VSM Always follow all the normal precautions for driving at safe speeds for the conditions including driving inclement weather and on a slip pery road Good braking practices e Check to be sure the parking brake is not engaged and the parking brake indicator light is out before driving away Driving through water may get the brakes wet They can also get wet when the vehicle is washed Wet brakes can be dangerous Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to pull to one side To dry the brakes apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal taking care to keep the vehicle under control at all times If the braking action does not return to normal stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call an authorized Kia dealer for assis tance Driving your vehicle e Don t coast down hills with the vehicle out of gear This is extreme ly hazardous Keep the vehicle in gear at all times use the brakes to slow down then shift to a lower gear so that engine braking will help you maintain a safe speed Don t ride the brake pedal Resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving can be danger
49. Outlet A BAG 15A SRS Control Module Weight Classification Module Telltale Lamp IGN COIL 15A G4FD Condenser Ignition Coil 1 4 T SIG 10A Hazard Switch Multifunction Switch Light CLUSTER 10A BCM Instrument Cluster IND A C Control Module Smart Key Control Module PDM ECU 10A ECM PCM START 10A E R Fuse amp Relay Box Start Relay PDM Transaxle Range Switch Ignition Lock Switch PCM ECM B UP LP 10A Back up Lamp Switch M T A BAG IND 10A Instrument Cluster Air Bag IND Audio RF Receiver A V amp Navigation Touch ISG Low DC DC Converter Audio eo 13A A V amp Navigation Head Unit POWER BCM Instrument Cluster IND A C Control Module Tire Pressure Monitoring Module CONNECTOR ROOM LP 10A Center Room Lamp Luggage Lamp Overhead Console Assembly Map Lamp Ignition Key ILL amp Door Warning Switch Vanity Lamp LH RH Maintenance MULTI FUSE GSL 18790 01031 B oak ALT Vi ABS2 peir He 50A 50A 125A 40A 40A 40A 40A 80A IGN H Yi L B UP r aTa b TOA TOA 10A 15A 20A 15A 10A 10A 15A 10A 10A 1 TOA Homes TOAITOA 1G2 40A 1G1 ECUT H LPIC FAN B 2 pror pom reu 40A 30A 20A 30A 50A 15A 25A 20A 15A 20A 20A f a BLOWER SS OAM072027 Engine compartment fuse panel H LP DIAGNOSIS START HORN H LP HI F PUMP c D MAIN HAC ESS wiper CONC Acon gt
50. Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel e Check the engine oil level e Check the coolant level in the coolant reservoir e Check the windshield washer fluid level e Look for low or under inflated tires While operating your vehicle e Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle Check for vibrations in the steering wheel Notice any increased steer ing effort or looseness in the steer ing wheel or change in its straight ahead position Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or pulls to one side when traveling on smooth level road When stopping listen and check for unusual sounds pulling to one side increased brake pedal travel or hard to push brake pedal If any slipping or changes in the operation of your transaxle occurs check the transaxle fluid level Check the automatic transaxle P Park function Check the parking brake Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle water dripping from the air conditioning system during or after use is normal Maintenance eer een aware At least monthly e Check the coolant level in the engine coolant reservoir e Check the operation of all exterior lights including the stoplights turn signals and hazard warning flash ers e Check the inflation pressures of all tires including the spare At least twice a year i e every Spring and Fall Check the radiator
51. PERCHLORATE NOTICE Perchlorate Material special han dling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste p erchlorate Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers Perchlorate containing materials such as air bag inflators seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry batteries must be disposed of according to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384 10 a Engine 8 2 Dimensions 8 2 Bulb wattage 8 2 Tires and wheels 8 3 Capacity weight 8 3 Recommended lubricants and capacities 8 4 Vehicle identification number VIN 8 7 Vehicle certification label 8 7 Tire specification and pressure label 8 8 Engine number 8 8 Refrigerant label 8 8 Consumer assistance 8 9 Electrical equipment 8 12 Reporting safety defects 8 13 Online factory authorized manuals 8 14 Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects ENGINE BULB WATTAGE Item 1 6L 2 0L Light Bulb Wattage Bulb Type Displacement cu in cc 1 6 1591 121 9 1999 Headlights Low 55 H7 303x336 318x381 Headlights High 55 H11B 03 x 3 18 x 3 Bore x Stroke in mm Front turn signal lights 77 x 85 44 81 x 97 position light LED LED Firing order 1 3 4 2 Front turn signal lights ee ie 28 8 2
52. Press the lock button 1 3 All doors and tailgate will lock The hazard warning lights will blink once 4 lf the lock button is pressed once more within 4 seconds the hazard warning lights will blink and the horn will sound once 5 Make sure that doors are locked by checking the door lock button inside or pulling the outside door handle Unlock 2 1 Press the unlock button 2 2 The driver s door will unlock The hazard warning lights will blink two times 3 Press the unlock button 2 once more within 4 seconds 4 All doors and tailgate will unlock The hazard warning lights will blink two times You can change the system to unlock all doors by one pressing the unlock button Central Door Unlock Mode Unlock mode can be switched between Two Stage Unlock Mode and Central Door Unlock Mode as follows Press the lock button 1 and unlock button 2 at the same time for 5 sec onds or more The hazard warning lights will blink four times Alarm 3 if equipped The horn sounds and the hazard warning lights blink for about 30 sec onds if this button is pressed for more than 2 seconds To stop the horn and lights press any button on the transmitter NOTICE If the keyless entry system is inoper ative due to exposure to water or liq uids it will not be covered by your manufacturer s vehicle warranty Features of your vehicle Transmitter precautions e The transmitter will not work if any of the fol
53. Shopping bag holder seeseeessessessscescesvecescevessseesees 4 100 SUMVISOL s 2s0ssesesssiccsdscceseesensccectiesssserssocsinsseesnsssnossaes sean 4 98 Interior light AVEPA IEEE E E NESTE E AE EAEN REA tence tasan tant 4 69 INteriOr OVELVICW cerrreeeteceeeeteteeeeeeceeeneesceceeeceeeeaaeeeesaneeseeees 9 2 ISG Idle stop and go SYSTEM sseseeeseseeeseeseeeseeeeeteneeeneees 5 13 J Jump starting PIE PIPER EEN EEN E A EIEEE E EEEE E NEES 6 5 K Key position E cused sense coade cousaccanesbaresuaucsaarocaawecndsonaeces 5 5 Keys epee aan atch EE 4 2 L Label Air bag warning Jabel teiseni tekini serrian 3 56 Refrigerant eiT E E 8 8 Tire sidewall labeling eeeeeeereerrereerereerereeereerereeres 7 46 Tire specification and pressure label 5 8 8 Vehicle certification label eseeeeeceeeeeeceeeeeeeseeeeeeees 8 7 Light bullies antniesionam pes miueeenuanohuvaen 7 67 Tie fifa ce siotlan cnet ani anu atonia 4 62 Battery saver fUMCtiON eeeeeeetereerererrererrereerereerereenen 4 62 Headlamp e E 4 62 Lowel anchor eeeseeseeseeeseeseeseetececeecesesaecsaeeneceeesseseeeeesentees 3 29 Lubricants and capacities sees 8 4 Luggage DOX sssssssessessesssessesseesesssassssssesesenassssnasaesseesen 4 96 Luggage et riirii reii i kne E ES 4 101 M Maintenance Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 22 Maintenance Services rrsersersseeeceseeteeeeeeeeeeeceseeeaeeneeenes 7
54. Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly addi tives that you can buy separately may be added to the gasoline If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank at every 7 500 miles or 12 months is recommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Operation in foreign countries If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country be sure to e Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance e Determine that acceptable fuel is available Introduction ee VEHICLE HANDLING INSTRUCTIONS As with other vehicles of this type failure to operate this vehicle correct ly may result in loss of control an accident or vehicle rollover Specific design characteristics high er ground clearance track etc give this vehicle a higher center of gravity than other types of vehicles It is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as a conventional 2 wheel drive sedans or sports coupe Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers Failure to operate this vehicle cor rectly may result in loss of control an accident or vehicle rollover Be sure to read the Reducing the risk of a rollover driving guidelines in section 5 of this manual VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCESS No special break in period is need ed By following a
55. a case use the cellular phone at a place as far as possible from the audio equipment Care of disc e Ifthe temperature inside the car is too high open the car windows for venti lation before using your car audio It is illegal to copy and use MP3 WMA files without permission Use CDs that are created only by lawful means Do not apply volatile agents such as benzene and thinner normal cleaners and magnetic sprays made for analogue disc onto CDs To prevent the disc surface from getting damaged Hold and carry CDs by the edges or the edges of the center hole only Clean the disc surface with a piece of soft cloth before playback wipe it from the center to the outside edge Do not damage the disc surface or attach pieces of sticky tape or paper onto it Make sure on undesirable matter other than CDs are inserted into the CD player Do not insert more than one CD at a time e Keep CDs in their cases after use to protect them from scratches or dirt Depending on the type of CD R CD RW CDs certain CDs may not operate normally according to manufacturing companies or mak ing and recording methods In such circumstances if you still continue to use those CDs they may cause the malfunction of your car audio system NOTICE Playing an Incompatible Copy Protected Audio CD Some copy protected CDs which do not comply with the international audio CD standards Red Book may not play on your car aud
56. active In order to obtain the maximum ben efit from your ABS in an emergency situation do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes Press your brake pedal as hard as possible or as hard as the situation allows the ABS to control the force being delivered to the brakes NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehi cle begins to move after the engine is started These conditions are normal and indicate that the anti lock brake system is functioning properly e Even with the anti lock brake sys tem your vehicle still requires suf ficient stopping distance Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Always slow down when cornering The anti lock brake system cannot prevent accidents resulting from excessive speeds On loose or uneven road surfaces operation of the anti lock brake system may result in a longer stop ping distance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system W 78 The ABS warning light will stay on for approximately 3 seconds after the ignition switch is ON During that time the ABS will go through self diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal If the light stays on you may have a problem with your ABS but your regular brakes will work normally Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible Driving your vehicle When you drive on a road having poor traction
57. after starting up If the engine is started up or turned off while the external USB device is connected the external USB device may not work It may not play inauthentic MP3 or WMA files 1 It can only play MP3 files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps 2 It can only play WMA music files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps Take precautions for static electric ity when connecting or disconnect ing the external USB device An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not recognizable Depending on the condition of the external USB device the connect ed external USB device can be unrecognizable When the formatted byte sector setting of External USB device is not either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE then the device will not be recog nized Use only a USB device formatted to FAT 12 16 32 USB devices without USB I F authentication may not be recog nizable If you repeatedly connect or dis connect the USB device in a short period of time it may break the device You may hear a strange noise when connecting or disconnecting a USB device If you disconnect the external USB device during playback in USB mode the external USB device can be damaged or may malfunc tion Therefore disconnect the external USB device when the audio is turned off or in another mode e g Radio or CD Depending on the type and capac ity of the external USB device or the type of the files stored in the device there i
58. air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 5 If dehumidified heating is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on e If the windshield fogs up set the mode to the lt 8 or 47 position Operation Tips e To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the ventilation system temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irritation has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle This will help keep the driv er alert and comfortable Air for the heating cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the windshield Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves snow ice or other obstructions To prevent interior fog on the wind shield set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position turn on the air conditioning system and adjust the temperature control to desired temperature Air conditioning if equipped All Kia Air Conditioning Systems are filled with environmentally friendly R 134a refrigerant which does not damage the ozone layer 1 Start the engine Press the air con ditioning button 2 Set the mode to the position 3 Set the air intake control to the outside air or recirculated air po
59. an Authorized Kia Dealer in order to ensure that you do not void your war ranty Certain electrical equipment or the way in which it is installed may adversely affect the operation of your vehi cle including such systems as the engine control system the audio system and the electrical charging system and thus potentially void all or part of your warranty We assume no responsibility for any expense you may incur or for any malfunction of your vehicle or any of its components or systems that may result from the installa tion of additional electrical equipment that is not supplied or recommended for installation by Kia Installation of a mobile two way radio system If a mobile two way radio system is installed improperly or if an excessively powerful type of system is used other electronic systems may be adversely affected To avoid damage to your vehicle consult an Authorized Kia Dealer concerning the proper equipment and installation Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects Kia motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safety standards For your safety however we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this Owner s Manual particu larly the information under the headings NOTICE CAUTION and WARNING If after reading this manual you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle safety issues and defects please contact your
60. and backward 2 Seatback angle 3 Seat cushion height Driver s seat 4 Seat warmer 5 Headrest 6 Armrest Driver s seat Rear seats 7 Folding the seatback 8 Headrest if equipped OAM032001 Safety features of your vehicle A WARNING Loose objects Loose objects in the driver s foot area could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals A WARNING Uprighting seat Do not press the release lever on a manual seatback without holding and controlling the seatback The seatback will spring upright possibly impact ing you or other passengers A WARNING Driver responsibility for passengers The driver must advise the pas senger to keep the seatback in an upright position whenever the vehicle is in motion If a seat is reclined during an accident the occupant s hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt applying great force to the unprotected abdomen A WARNING Seat cushion Occupants should never sit on seat cushions The passenger s hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt during an accident or a sudden stop A WARNING Driver s seat e Never attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is mov ing This could result in loss of control of your vehicle Do not allow anything to inter fere with the normal position of the seatback Storing items against a seatback or in any other way interfering with proper lock
61. as close to your head as possible For this rea son the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended Fz L OUN026043 Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the headrest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 Safety features of your vehicle Removal and installation To remove the headrest raise it as far as it can go then press the release button 1 while pulling the headrest up 2 To reinstall the headrest put the headrest poles 3 into the holes while pessing the release button 1 Then adjust it to the appropriate height and ensure that it locks in position Pio sccSaeses ns oem eee a eee e ose teen esate eet eee te cena Steno eee eae eee eee eae ease enema ce aoe cee E eS eee nseee eee n saa ae mee en sae eee eee Safety features of your vehicle SEAT BELTS Seat belt restraint system Seat belts are designed to bear upon the bony structure of the body and should be worn low across the front of the pelvis or the pelvis chest and shoulders as applicable wearing the lap section of the belt across the abdominal area must be avoided Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly as possible consistent with comfort to provide the protection for which they have been designed A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection a
62. be trapped inside to accel erate corrosion Keep your garage dry Don t park your vehicle in a damp poorly ventilated garage This cre ates a favorable environment for cor rosion This is particularly true if you wash your vehicle in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow ice or mud Even a heated garage can con tribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed Keep paint and trim in good con dition Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with touch up paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of corrosion If bare metal is showing through the atten tion of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended Bird droppings Bird droppings are highly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours Always remove bird droppings as soon as possible Don t neglect the interior Moisture can collect under the floor mats and carpeting and cause corro sion Check under the mats periodi cally to be sure the carpeting is dry Use particular care if you carry fertil izers cleaning materials or chemi cals in the vehicle These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried Maintenance ee O Interior care Interior general precautions Prevent chemicals such as perfume cosmetic oil sun cream hand clean er and air f
63. can only be opened closed or tilted when the ignition switch is in the ON position In cold and wet climates the sunroof may not work properly due to freez ing conditions After the vehicle is washed or in a rainstorm be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it A CAUTION Sunroof control lever Do not continue to move the sunroof control lever after the sunroof is fully opened closed or tilted Damage to the moior or system components could occur NOTICE While driving the vehicle it is rec ommended that you use the sunroof in the first detent position to reduce possible wind noise The sunroof cannot slide when it is in the tilt position nor can it be tilted while in an open or slide position Sliding the sunroof To open or close the sunroof manu al slide feature pull or push the sun roof control lever backward or for ward to the first detent position Pulling the control lever downward also closes the sunroof Features of your vehicle To open the sunroof automatically Pull the sunroof control lever back ward to the second detent position and then release it The sunroof will slide open automat ically but will not open all the way If you would like to completely open the sunroof pull the lever once more However the second time the lever is pulled the sunroof will open only while the lever is pulled To stop the sunroof sliding at any poi
64. cap turn it clockwise until it clicks This indicates that the cap is securely tightened 2 Close the fuel filler lid and push it in lightly making sure that it is securely closed NOTICE Tighten the cap until it clicks one time otherwise the fuel cap open warning indicator g light will illu minate Features of your vehicle Always check that the fuel cap is 7 NOTICE installed securely to prevent fuel A WARNING Static When using an approved portable spillage in the event of an accident electricity fuel container be sure to place the opal euene ne a ers container on the ground prior to Ei zte you Should eliminate refueling Static electricity discharge A WARNING eye ree potentially dangerous static from the container can ignite fuel electricity discharge by touch vapors causing a fire Once refueling Read and follow all warnings ing another metal part of the has begun contact with the vehicle posted at the gas station facili vehicle a safe distance away should be maintained until the fill ty Failure to follow all warnings from the fuel filler neck noz ing is complete Use only approved will result in severe personal zle or other gas source portable plastic fuel containers injury severe burns or death e Do not get back into a vehicle designed to carry and store gasoline due to fire or explosion once you have begun refuel ing since you can generate p static el
65. child restraint seat before you place the child in it Tilt the seat from side to side Also try to tug the seat forward Check to see if the anchors hold the seat in place osc aeses ns otek EE EE Reet eee te eno Ste see eee tease eee setae ae sea see ese ce aoe cee E ene oS eee nseeeee ease een N Safety features of your vehicle AIR BAG ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM 1 2 3 4 Driver s front air bag Passenger s front air bag Side impact air bag Curtain air bag Ye rH YH WH Even in vehicles with air bags you and your passengers must always wear the safety belts provided in order to minimize the risk and sever ity of injury in the event of a collision or rollover The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OAM032026 Safety features of your vehicle How does the air bag system operate Air bag are activated able to inflate if necessary only when the ignition switch is turned to the ON or START the appropriate position Air bags inflate in the event of a serious frontal collision or side col lision if equipped with side impact air bag or curtain air bag in order to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury There is no single speed at which the air bags will inflate Generally air bags are designed to inflate by the severity of a collision and its direction These two factors determine whether the sensors send out an electronic deploy m
66. cleaner if equipped The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OAM072100L Maintenance a MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever per forming any maintenance or inspec tion procedures Should you have any doubts con cerning the inspection or servicing of your vehicle we strongly recom mend that you have an authorized Kia dealer perform this work An authorized Kia dealer has factory trained technicians and genuine Kia parts to service your vehicle proper ly For expert advice and quality serv ice see an authorized Kia dealer Inadequate incomplete or insuffi cient servicing may result in opera tional problems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage an accident or personal injury Owner s responsibility NOTICE Maintenance Service and Record Retention are the owner s responsi bility You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accor dance with the scheduled mainte nance service charts shown on the following pages You need this infor mation to establish your compliance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle war ranties Detailed warranty information is provided in your Warranty amp Consumer Information manual Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maint
67. contribute to corrosion Travel lightly Don t carry unneces sary weight in your vehicle Weight reduces fuel economy Driving your vehicle Don t let the engine idle longer than necessary If you are waiting and not in traffic turn off your engine and restart only when you re ready to go Remember your vehicle does not require extended warm up After the engine has started allow the engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to placing the vehicle in gear In very cold weather however give your engine a slightly longer warm up period Don t lug or over rev the engine Lugging is driving too slowly in a very high gear resulting in engine bucking If this happens shift to a lower gear Over revving is racing the engine beyond its safe limit This can be avoided by shifting at the recommended speed e Use your air conditioning sparingly The air conditioning system is operated by engine power so your fuel economy is reduced when you use it Open windows at high speeds can reduce fuel economy Fuel economy is less in crosswinds and headwinds To help offset some of this loss slow down when driving in these conditions Keeping a vehicle in good operating condition is important both for econ omy and safety Therefore have an authorized Kia dealer perform scheduled inspections and mainte nance Driving your vehicle SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving con
68. drive more than 0 03 miles 50 m Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1 second when the average fuel consumption is being displayed clears the average fuel consumption to zero If the vehicle speed exceeds 1 6 MPH 1km h after being refueled with more than 1 6 gallons 6 the average fuel economy will be cleared to zero E Type B OAM042275N Instant fuel economy if equipped L 100 km or MPG This mode calculates the instant fuel consumption during the last few sec onds Features of your vehicle E Type A OAM042116N E Type B Elapsed 12 34 OAM042276N Driving time This mode indicates the total time traveled since the last driving time reset Even if the vehicle is not in motion the driving time keeps going while the engine is running The meter s working range is from 00 00 99 59 Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1 second when the driving time is being displayed clears the driving time to zero 00 00 E Type A OAM042105 ECO Drive ON E Type B ECO Drive OAM042277N Manual transaxle shift indicator ON OFF if equipped Features of your vehicle You can turn the shift indicator on off m Type A e The outside paral on the dis on the instrument cluster in this olay may not change immediately mode ike a general thermometer to pre If you push the TRIP button for more vent the driver from being inatten tive than 1 seco
69. drive slowly to the nearest service station and inflate to the cor rect pressure If it is too high adjust it until it is correct Always reinstall the valve cap after checking or adjusting the tire pressure If the cap is not replaced dust and dirt may get into the tire valve and air may leak from the tire If you lose a valve cap buy another and install it as soon as possible After you have changed the wheels always secure the flat tire in its place and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations CAUTION Reducing lug nuts Make certain during wheel removal that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled or if replaced that nuts with metric threads and the same chamfer configuration are used Your vehicle has metric threads on the wheel studs and nuts Installation of a non metric thread nut on a metric stud will not secure the wheel to the hub properly and will damage the stud so that it must be replaced Note that most lug nuts do not have metric threads Be sure to use extreme care in checking for thread style before installing aftermarket lug nuts or wheels If in doubt consult an authorized Kia dealer To prevent the jack jack handle wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store them properly Check the inflation pressures as soon as possible after installing the spare tire Adjust it to the specified pressure if necessary Refer to
70. eee ese ee E Maintenance A WARNING California proposition 65 Engine exhaust and a wide vari ety of automobile components and parts including compo nents found in the interior fur nishings in a vehicle contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause can cer and birth defects and repro ductive harm In addition cer tain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of compo nent wear contain or emit chem icals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproduc tive harm Do not operate the engine in con fined or closed areas such as garages any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running adjust the ventilation system as needed to draw outside air into the vehicle Never sit in a parked or stopped vehicle for any extended time with the engine running When the engine stalls or fails to start excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system Operating precautions for catalyt ic converters if equipped A WARNING Fire e Do not park idle or drive the vehicle over or near flamma ble objects such as grass vegetation paper leaves etc A hot exhaust system can ignite flammable items under your vehicle Also do not remove the heat sink around the exh
71. equipped If the driver s door is opened while the ignition key is left in the ignition switch ACC or LOCK position the key reminder warning chime will sound This is to prevent you from locking your keys in the vehicle The chime sounds until the key is removed from the ignition switch or the driver s door is closed LCD display warning if equipped Key is not in vehicle If the smart key is not in the vehicle and if any door is opened or closed with the ENGINE START STOP but ton in the ACC ON or START posi tion the warning illuminates on the LCD display Also the chime sounds for 5 seconds when the smart key is not in the vehicle and the door is closed Always have the smart key with you Key is not detected If the smart key is not in the vehicle or is not detected and you press the ENGINE START STOP button the warning illuminates on the LCD dis play for 10 seconds Also the immo bilizer indicator and the key holder light blinks for 10 seconds Low key battery If the ENGINE START STOP button turns to the OFF position when the smart key in the vehicle discharges the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds Also the warning chime sounds once Replace the battery with a new one Press brake pedal to start engine If the ENGINE START STOP button turns to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly with out depressing the brake pedal the warning illuminates on t
72. free calcium based battery e If the battery becomes discharged in a short time because for exam ple the headlights or interior lights were left on while the vehicle was not in use recharge it by slow charging trickle for 10 hours If the battery gradually discharges because of high electric load while the vehicle is being used recharge it at 20 30A for two hours Maintenance MM When recharging the battery Reset items observe the following precautions items should ba resetatter the bat The battery must be removed from tery has been discharged or the bat the vehicle and placed in an area tery has been disconnected ie r o l oe e Sunroof See section 4 atch the battery during charging p and stop or reduce the charging es system rate if the battery cells begin l gassing boiling violently or if the Clock See section 4 Audio temperature of the electrolyte of Audio See section 4 any cell exceeds 120 F 49 C Wear eye protection when check ing the battery during charging Disconnect the battery charger in the following order 1 Turn off the battery charger main switch 2 Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal 3 Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery turn off all accessories and stop the engine The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the
73. frequent additions of fluid the vehicle should be inspected by an authorized Kia dealer When changing and adding brake clutch fluid handle it carefully Do not let it come in contact with your eyes If brake clutch fluid should come in contact with your eyes immediately flush them with a large quantity of fresh tap water Have your eyes examined by a doc tor as soon as possible CAUTION Brake clutch fluid Do not allow brake clutch fluid to contact the vehicle s body paint as paint damage will result Brake clutch fluid which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should never be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed It should be disposed of properly Losec aeses ns oem e eee eee ease teen asec Reet eee te cen AE eee es ete eae ease ee kee ce aoe cee E e soo eee aseecee ease eames eee eal eee Maintenance WASHER FLUID Checking the washer fluid level Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces sary Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available However use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold cli mates to prevent freezing Maintenance PARKING BRAKE If the stroke is more or less than specified have the parking brake adjusted by an authorized Kia dealer Stroke 5 7 clicks at a force of 44 Ibs 20 kg 196 N OAM059004 Checking the parking brake Check the stroke of the parking brake by co
74. happen you should periodically check underneath the vehicle to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed Carry emergency equipment Depending on the severity of the weather you should carry appropri ate emergency equipment Some of the items you may want to carry include tire chains tow straps or chains flashlight emergency flares sand shovel jumper cables window scraper gloves ground cloth cover alls blanket etc TRAILER TOWING We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing Driving your vehicle VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT E Type A TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEEOWNERS BOUTON MATION i a TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT TOTALS ANANT ARRI RE The contiand wot of comment and cap souino anced ag MO peg m Le pods total des occupants et Gu chargement ne Got amas depasser Woa SEE OWNER S ADOTIONAL VOIR LE E POUR PLUS DE ARES E type B ne O TE AND LOADING INFORMATION oe RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT i SEATING CAPACITY p REAA womanccepuces OMS Te EE a e aa vo ar ress aor coo rear a Type E O TWE AND D LOADING INFORMATION Qnn RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT jj FRONT ferd GSES ae Seer ee ee ee avant weight of occupants and cargo shoul sever exceed yo m
75. heater and air conditioning hoses for leaks or damage Check the windshield washer spray and wiper operation Clean the wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with washer fluid Check the headlight alignment Check the muffler exhaust pipes shields and clamps Check the lap shoulder belts for wear and function Check for worn tires and loose wheel lug nuts At least once a year e Clean the body and door drain holes Lubricate the door hinges and checks and hood hinges Lubricate the door and hood locks and latches Lubricate the door rubber weather strips Check the air conditioning system Check the power steering fluid level Inspect and lubricate the automat ic transaxle linkage and controls Clean the battery and terminals e Check the brake clutch fluid level Maintenance Em SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow the Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply If any of the following conditions apply follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions Repeated short distance driving Driving in dusty conditions or sandy areas Extensive use of brakes Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used Driving on rough or muddy roads Driving in mountainous areas Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for a prolonged period in cold temperatures and or extreme ly humid
76. highest quality However this is only part of the job To achieve the long term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver the owner s cooperation and assistance is also required Common causes of corrosion The most common causes of corro sion on your vehicle are Road salt dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the vehicle e Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones gravel abra sion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unprotected metal exposed to corrosion High corrosion areas If you live in an area where your vehi cle is regularly exposed to corrosive materials corrosion protection is particularly important Some of the common causes of accelerated cor rosion are road salts dust control chemicals ocean air and industrial pollution Moisture breeds corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur For example corrosion is accelerated by high humidity partic ularly when temperatures are just above freezing In such conditions the corrosive material is kept in con tact with the vehicle s surface by moisture that evaporate slowly Mud is particularly corrosive because it dries slowly and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle Although the mud appears to be dry it can still retain the moisture and promote corrosion High temperatures can also acceler ate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moi
77. instability immediately take your foot off the accelerator apply the brakes grad ually and with light force and slow ly move to a safe position off the road NOTICE Tampering with modifying or dis abling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS components may interfere with the system s ability to warn the driver of low tire pressure conditions and or TPMS malfunc tions Tampering with modifying or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS compo nents may void the warranty for that portion of the vehicle This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired operation What to do in an emergenc IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE WITH SPARE TIRE IF EQUIPPED Jacking instructions e Always move the vehicle complete OAM069002 Jack and tools The jack jack handle wheel lug nut wrench are stored in the luggage compartment Pull up the luggage box cover to reach this equipment 1 Jack handle 2 Jack 3 Wheel lug nut wrench The jack is provided for emergency tire changing only To prevent the jack from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store it properly Follow jacking instructions to reduce the possibility of personal injury ly off the road and onto the
78. is unlocked OAM049008 Child protector rear door lock The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children from acciden tally opening the rear doors from inside the vehicle The rear door safety locks should be used whenev er children are in the vehicle 1 Open the rear door 2 Push the child safety lock located on the rear edge of the door to the lock position When the child safety lock is in the lock position the rear door will not open even when the inner door handle is pulled Features of your vehicle TAILGATE The tailgate swings upward Make sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when opening the tailgate Closing the tailgate To close the tailgate lower and push down the tailgate firmly Make sure that the tailgate is securely latched CAUTION Tailgate lift cylinders Make certain that you close the tailgate before driving your vehicle Possible damage may occur to the tailgate lift cylin ders and attached hardware if the tailgate is not closed prior to driving N OAM049009 Opening the tailgate The tailgate is locked or unlocked when all doors are locked or unlocked with the key or central door lock switch Make sure your hands feet and If unlocked the tailgate can be opened by pressing the handle switch and then pulling the handle up other parts of your body are safely out of the way before closing the tail gate
79. joints 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 13 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts Replace air cleaner filter Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Replace engine oil and filter Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Every 7 500 miles or 12 months K Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance ee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 75 000 miles or 60 months Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrig erant and performance if equipped U Inspect cooling system Q Inspect drive belt First 60 000 miles or 72 months after every 15 000 miles or 24 months Inspect drive shaft and boots Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Every 37 500 miles 60 000 km or 48 months Q Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid 3 Brake lines hoses and connections 4 Brake pedal and operation 5 Chassis body nuts and bolts 6 Drum brake and linings if equipped 7 Disc brakes and pads if equipped Continued Continued 8 Exhaust pipe and muffler 9 Front suspension ball joints 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 11 Lubricate all locks and hing
80. linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint With the vehicle stopped and engine off check for excessive free play in the steering wheel Check the linkage for bends or dam age Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration cracks or damage Replace any damaged parts Drive shafts and boots Check the drive shafts boots and clamps for cracks deterioration or damage Replace any damaged parts and if necessary repack the grease Air conditioning refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines and connections for leakage and dam age Losec acces es otek eee eee ease eee nese eee eet eee te cena Ste see eee eae eee setae ae ease ee nea ce ae cee ee eae es cee eee oo Meee aseeeeee ace ee seo ee ease Maintenance ENGINE OIL E Engine 1 6 3 Turn the engine off and wait for a few minutes about 5 minutes for the oil to return to the oil pan 4 Pull the dipstick out wipe it clean and re insert it fully 5 Pull the dipstick out again and check the level The level should be between F and L oe A WARNING Radiator hose Be very careful not to touch the radiator hose when checking or adding the engine oil as it may be hot enough to burn you e E Engine 2 0 Fe CAUTION Replace engine oil HUAL a OAM Do not overfill the engine oil Checking the engine oil level Engine damage may result 1 Be sure the vehicle is on level ground 2 Start the engine and allow it to reach
81. locking operation mode allow the unbuckled seat belt to fully retract Safety features of your vehicle OAM039046 When using the rear center seat belt the buckle with the CENTER mark must be used B210A01NF 1 To release the seat belt The seat belt is released by pressing the release button 1 in the locking buckle When it is released the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor If this does not happen check the belt to be sure it is not twisted then try again OAM039047 Siowing the rear seat belt The rear seat belt buckles can be stowed in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion when not in use Safety features of your vehicle OAM032025N Routing the seat belt webbing through the rear seat belt guides will help keep the belts from being trapped behind or under the seats when they are folded down After inserting the seat belt tighten the belt webbing by pulling it up CAUTION Seat belt guide Remove the seat belt from the guides before using If you pull the seat belt when it is stored in the guides it may damage the guides and or belt webbing OED030300 Pre tensioner seat belt Your vehicle is equipped with driver s and front passenger s pre tensioner seat belts The purpose of the pre tensioner is to make sure that the seat belts fit tightly against the occu pant s body in certain frontal colli sions The pre tensioner seat belts may be ac
82. may notice clear water dripping or even puddling on the ground under the passenger side of the vehicle This is a normal sys tem operation characteristic Operating the air conditioning sys tem in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling how ever continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale During cooling operation you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake This is a normal system operation characteristic Features of your vehicle Outside air Blower Climate control Heater core Alas Evaporator air filter core 1LDA5047 Climate control air filter if equipped The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehicle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time the air flow from the air vents may decrease resulting in moisture accu mulation on the inside of the wind shield even when the outside fresh air position is selected If this hap pens have the climate control air fil ter replaced by an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE e Replace the filter every 15 000 miles or once a year If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads more frequent air conditioner filter inspections and changes a
83. mend that tires be replaced after approximately six 6 years of normal service Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process Traction AA A B amp C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on spec ified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction perform ance The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead brak ing traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction char acteristics Maintenance a Temperature A B amp C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled condi tions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C cor responds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the labora tory test wheel than the minimum required by law Tire terminology and definitions Air Pressure
84. multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommend ed tire inflation pressure and shown on the tire placard Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seat ed Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 2 32 inch of tread remains UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards a tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction tempera ture and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing proce dures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Vehicle Capacity Weight The num ber of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg plus the rated cargo and luggage load Maintenance iis Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb and accessory weight plus maximum occupant and cargo weight
85. not completely remove all these deposits A mild soap safe for use on painted surfaces may be used After washing rinse the vehicle thor oughly with lukewarm or cold water Do not allow soap to dry on the fin ish After washing the vehicle test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water If braking performance is impaired dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed J OJB037800 CAUTION Wetting engine e Water washing in the engine compartment including high pressure water washing may cause the failure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment Never allow water or other liq uids to come in contact with electrical electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Waxing A good coat of wax is a barrier between your paint and contaminate Keeping a good coat of wax on your vehicle will help protect it Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing Use a good quality liquid or paste wax and follow the manufacturer s instructions Wax all metal trim to protect it and to main tain its luster Removing oil tar and similar materi als with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish Be sure to re wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need waxing Maintenance CAUTION Drying vehicle e
86. position or starting the engine This is to check if the brake switch which is important part to cancel cruise control is in normal condi tion OAM059010L To set cruise control speed 1 Push the CRUISE ON OFF button on the steering wheel to turn the system on The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster will illuminate 2 Accelerate to the desired speed which must be more than 25 mph 40 km h Driving your vehicle OAM059012L 3 Push the SET switch and release it at the desired speed The SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will illuminate Release the accelerator at the same time The desired speed will automatically be maintained On a steep grade the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly while going downhill OAM059011L To increase cruise control set speed Follow either of these procedures e Push the RES switch and hold it Your vehicle will accelerate Release the switch at the speed you want e Push the RES switch and release it immediately The cruising speed will increase by 1 0 mph 1 6 km h each time the RES switch is oper ated in this manner OAM059012L To decrease the cruising speed Follow either of these procedures e Push the SET switch and hold it Your vehicle will gradually slow down Release the switch at the speed you want to maintain Push the SET switch and release it immediately The cruising speed will decr
87. process io sccSaeses es ocean ee ce asec ease teen esate Reet eee te cen Steen ee ate eee ne eee tee ae eS a ce Some cet se ae a eee es a eee aseeeee ease ee Some eee aoa Features of your vehicle e Adding Entry by Phone Press button Say Phonebook Say Add Entry after prompt Say By Phone to proceed Say Yes to confirm Your phone will start to transfer phone contact list to the audio system This process may take over 10 minutes depending on the phone model and number of entries Wait till the audio displays Transfer Complete message e Changing Name The registered names can be modi fied Press button Say Phonebook Say Change Name after prompt Say the name of the entry voice tag Say Yes to confirm Say new desired name e Deleting Name The registered names can be delet ed Press button Say Phonebook Say Delete Name after prompt Say the name of the entry voice tag Say Yes to confirm m Bluetooth wireless Technology Audio Speaker Adaptation Speaker adaptation will improve per formance of voice recognition sys tem to a particular user voice This will degrade the performance for other users e Record Press J button for 10sec Say Record profile Say Yes Say the word displayed on Radio e Delete Press J button for 10sec S
88. s or regulation CAUTION Transmitter damage Do not drop wet or expose the keyless entry system transmit ter to heat or sunlight Features of your vehicle SMART KEY IF EQUIPPED OAM040230 Smart key function 1 Door lock 2 Door unlock 3 Tailgate unlock 4 Panic if equipped OMD040008 Locking Using the door handle button 1 Close all doors engine hood and tailgate 2 Press the button of the outside door handle 3 All doors and tailgate will lock The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once 4 Make sure that doors are locked by checking the door lock button inside the vehicle or pulling the out side door handle The button will only operate when the smart key is within 28 40in 0 7 1m from the outside door handle Even though you press the outside door handle button the doors will not lock and the chime will sound for 3 seconds if any of following occur The smart key is in the vehicle The engine start stop button is in ACC or ON position Any door except the tailgate is open fo scceaeses es So ene EE EE eee eet eee cena AE eee eee eae ease ene ce aoe cee E oo Meee nee eee Sac ee eae meee ee eee Features of your vehicle Using the button on the smart key 1 Close all doors engine hood and tailgate 2 Press the lock button 1 3 All doors and tailgate will lock The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once 4 Make
89. shoul der before trying to change a tire The jack should be used on a firm level ground If you cannot find a firm level place off the road call a towing service company for assis tance Be sure to use the correct front and rear jacking positions on the vehi cle never use the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jacking support Pio SccSaeses es oem ee ce asec ease teen esas Reet eee eno Stee eee eae eee ee ete eae ease ee neat aoe cee E oS Seen asec eee ace ema E eee eee What to do in an emergenc e Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the jack e Make sure any children present are in a secure place away from the road and from the vehicle to be raised with the jack SSS OAM069008 Removing and storing the spare tire Turn the tire hold down wing bolt counterclockwise Store the tire in the reverse order of removal To prevent the spare tire and tools from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store them properly Ooze Changing tires 1 Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake firmly 2 Place the transaxle shift lever in R Reverse with manual transaxle or P Park with automatic transaxle 3 Activate the hazard warning flash er What to do in an emergenc e To prevent vehicle movement while changing a tire always set the parking brake fully and always block the wheel diagonally oppo site the wheel being changed We r
90. steering wheel to remind the driv er not to drive too fast 2 Screw connection hose 9 onto the connector of the sealant bottle 3 Ensure that screw cap 8 is closed 4 Unscrew the valve cap from the valve of the defective wheel and screw filling hose 2 of the sealant bottle onto the valve Insert the sealant bottle into the housing 4 of the compressor so that the bottle is upright o 6 he ee OAM060014L Ensure that the compressor is switched off position 0 Plug the compressor power cord into the vehicle power outlet With the engine start stop button position on or ignition switch posi tion on switch on the compressor and let it run for approximately 5 7 minutes to fill the sealant up to proper pressure refer to the Tire and Wheels chapter 8 The infla tion pressure of the tire after filling is unimportant and will be checked corrected later Be careful not to overinflate the tire and stay away from the tire when filling it CAUTION Tire pressure Do not attempt to drive your vehicle if the tire pressure is below 29 PSI 200kpa This could result in an accident due to sudden tire failure 9 Switch off the compressor 10 Detach the hoses from the sealant bottle connector and from the tire valve Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor age location in the vehicle What to do in an emergency Distributing the sealant 11 Immediately drive approximately 4
91. such as an icy road and have operated your brakes continuously the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warning light may illuminate Pull your car over to a safe place and stop the engine Restart the engine If the ABS warning light goes off then your ABS is normal Otherwise you may have a problem with the ABS Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible NOTICE When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery the engine may not run as smoothly and the ABS warning light may turn on at the same time This happens because of low battery voltage It does not mean your ABS has mal functioned e Do not pump your brakes e Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle Electronic stability control ESC The Electronic Stability control ESC system is designed to stabilize the vehicle during cornering maneuvers ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going ESC applies the brakes on individual wheels and intervenes with the engine management system to stabilize the vehicle Electronic stability control ESC will not prevent accidents Excessive speed in turns abrupt maneuvers and hydroplaning on wet surfaces can still result in serious accidents Only a safe and attentive driver can prevent accidents by avoiding maneuvers that cause the vehicle to lose traction Even with ESC installed always follow all the normal precautions for driving
92. sure that doors are locked by checking the door lock button inside or pulling the outside door handle Unlocking Using the door handle 1 Press the button of the driver s out side door handle 2 The driver s door will unlock The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound two times 3 Press the button once more within 4 seconds 4 All doors and tailgate will unlock and the hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound two times lf you press the button of the front passenger s outside door handle while carrying the smart key all doors will unlock e When the smart key is recognized in the area of 28 40in 0 7 1m from the front outside door handle other people can also open the doors After unlocking the driver s door or all doors the door s will lock auto matically unless the door is opened Features of your vehicle Using the button on the smart key 1 Press the unlock button 2 of the smart key 2 The drivers door will unlock The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound two times 3 Press the unlock button 2 once more within 4 seconds 4 All doors and tailgate will unlock The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound two times After pressing the button the doors will lock automatically unless any door or tailgate is opened within 30 seconds You can change the system to unlock all doors by one pressing the unlock butt
93. switch to START and hold it there until the engine starts a maximum of 10 seconds then release the key 4 In extremely cold weather below O F 18 C or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days let the engine warm up with out depressing the accelerator Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without depressing the accelerator Driving your vehicle If the engine stalls while you are in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park position If traffic and road conditions permit you may put the shift lever in the N Neutral position while the vehicle is still moving and turn the ignition switch to the START position in an attempt to restart the engine A CAUTION Starter Do not engage the starter for more than 10 seconds If the engine stalls or fails to start wait 5 to 10 seconds before re engaging the starter Improper use of the starter may damage it Driving your vehicle ENGINE START STOP BUTTON IF EQUIPPED x Vj OAM050021 IIluminated ENGINE START STOP button Whenever the front door is opened the ENGINE START STOP button will illuminate for your convenience The light will go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed ENGINE START STOP button position OFF Not illuminated e With manual transaxle To turn off the engine stop the vehi cle then press the ENGINE START STOP button with the ENGINE START STOP but
94. the TRIP button for more than 1 second in the ECO OFF mode The ECO OFF mode will change to the ECO ON mode E Type A OAM042331N OAM042340L Automatic transaxle shift posi tion indicator if equipped The indicator displays which auto matic transaxle shift lever is select ed Features of your vehicle Warnings and indicators All warning lights are checked by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine Any light that does not illuminate should be checked by an authorized Kia dealer After starting the engine check to make sure that all warning lights are off If any warning lights are still on this indicates a situation that needs attention When releasing the park ing brake the brake system warning light should go off The fuel warning light will stay on if the fuel level is low ECOMINDER indicator if equipped ECO When the active ECO is operating the ECOMINDER indicator is green For more detailed information refer to Active ECO in chapter 5 Jie sce aeses ns Soak e eee e eee ease teense eee eet eee te cena AE eee ee ete eae sea E ene ce aoe cee E es oS eee eee ease eee ee Soe eee aes Features of your vehicle Air bag warning light P ry This warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON position This light also comes on when the Supplemental Restraint System SRS is not working properly If
95. the air bag Safety features of your vehicle Noise and smoke When the air bags inflate they make a loud noise and they leave smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle This is normal and is a result of the ignition of the air bag inflator After the air bag inflates you may feel substantial discomfort in breath ing due to the contact of your chest with both the seat belt and the air bag as well as from breathing the smoke and powder Open your doors and or windows as soon as possible after impact in order to reduce discomfort and prevent prolonged exposure to the smoke and powder Though smoke and powder are non toxic it may cause irritation to the skin eyes nose and throat etc If this is the case wash and rinse with cold water immediately and consult a doctor if the symptom persists 1JBH3051 Installing a child restraint on a front passenger s seat is forbid den Never place a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger s seat If the air bag deploys it would impact the rear facing child restraint causing serious or fatal injury In addition do not place front facing child restraints in the front passen ger s seat either If the front passen ger air bag inflates it would cause serious or fatal injuries to the child Safety features of your vehicle When the ignition switch is turned ON the warning light should illumi nate for approximately 6 seconds then go o
96. the power connector from the back of the headlight assembly 3 Loosen the retaining bolts Maintenance OAM072064 4 Pull out the end of the front bumper 5 Remove the headlight assembly from the body of the vehicle If you can reach the bulb without removing the headlight assembly you do not need to do step 3 4 and 5 OAM072070N Headlight bulb High Follow the steps 1 to 5 from the pre vious page 6 Remove the headlight bulb cover by turning it counterclockwise 7 Disconnect the headlight bulb socket connector 8 Unsnap the headlight bulb retain ing wire by depressing the end and pushing it upward 9 Remove the bulb from the head light assembly 10 11 12 13 14 Install a new headlight bulb and snap the headlight bulb retaining wire into position by aligning the wire with the groove on the bulb Connect the headlight bulb sock et connector Install the headlight bulb cover by turning it clockwise Connect the power connector to the back of the headlight assem bly Reinstall the headlight assembly to the body of the vehicle Pie scce neces es oem EE EE eee eet eee cena Ste see ee eae eee eae ea See nee ce ae eee E OS Meee see eee cee emma ae seem me eae eee Maintenance OAM072071N Headlight bulb Low Follow the steps 1 to 5 from the pre vious page 6 Remove the headlight bulb cover by turning it counterclockwise 7 Remove the bulb from the assem bly
97. tial station for 5 seconds e Press the button again to stop the scan feature and to listen to the currently selected channel 5 Button When the button is pressed stops sound and Audio Mute is displayed on LCD Features of your vehicle 8 SETUP ENTER AUDIO PUSH N ZA SCAN MUTE 89 6 WEJ Button Turn the LCD Display amp Backlight ON OFF when button press eee es 7 PRESET Buttons Press GD B buttons less than 0 8 seconds to play the sta tion saved in each button Press GD GEG button more than 0 8 seconds or longer to save the current station to the respective button with a beep 8 Button Press this button to enter SETUP mode If no action is taken for 8 sec onds it will return to previous mode In SETUP mode rotate the TUNE knob to move the cursor between items and push the TUNE knob to select e MAIN Select this item to enter the Scroll and SDVC setup e SCROLL Select whether long file names are scrolled continuously On or just once Off e SDVC Speed Dependent Volume Control Select this item to turn the SDVC fea ture On or Off If it is turned ON vol ume level is adjusted automatically according to the vehicle speed Features of your vehicle MEDIA Select default display of MP3 play information Folder File or Artist Title can be selected e SAT Select default display of SIRIUS mode Cat
98. tire fail ure increased stopping dis tances and poor vehicle han dling all of which may result in a crash Driving your vehicle NOTICE Overloading your vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not be cov ered by your warranty Do not over load your vehicle Driving your vehicle VEHICLE WEIGHT This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and or trailer to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capa bility with or without a trailer Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of the vehi cle design performance Before load ing your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determin ing your vehicle s weight ratings with or without a trailer from the vehicle s specifications and the certification label Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment It does not include passengers cargo or option al equipment Vehicle curb weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your deal er plus any aftermarket equipment Cargo weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment GAW Gross axle weight This is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload GAWR Gross axle weight rating This is the maximum allowab
99. to the Lock position and close the door 3 e If you lock the door with the central door lock switch 2 all vehicle doors will lock automatically Always remove the ignition key firm ly engage the parking brake close all windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended Features of your vehicle ae 4 OAMO049005 Operating door locks from inside the vehicle With the door lock button To unlock a door push the door lock button 1 to the Unlock posi tion The red mark 2 on the button will be visible To lock a door push the door lock button 1 to the Lock position If the door is locked properly the red mark 2 on the door lock button will not be visible To open a door pull the door han dle 3 outward e f the inner door handle of the dri ver s or front passenger s door is pulled when the door lock button is in the lock position the button will unlock and the door will open Front doors cannot be locked if the ignition key is in the ignition switch and any front door is opened If a power door lock ever fails to func tion while you are in the vehicle try one or more of the following tech niques to exit e Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly both electronic and manual while simultaneously pulling on the door handle Operate the other door locks and handles front and rear Lower a front window and use the key to unlock the door from out
100. to the desired position 1 To lower the headrest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 Removal and installation To remove the headrest raise it as far as it can go then press the release button 1 while pulling the headrest up 2 To reinstall the headrest put the headrest poles 3 into the holes while pressing the release button 1 Then adjust it to the appropriate height Make sure the headrest locks in position after adjusting it to properly protect the occupants HNF2041 1 Active headrest The active headrest is designed to move forward and upward during a rear impact This helps to prevent the driver s and front passenger s heads from moving backward and thus helps minimize neck injuries Safety features of your vehicle Seat warmer if equipped The seat warmer is provided to warm the front seats during cold weather While the engine is running push either of the switches to warm the driver s seat or the front passenger s seat During mild weather or under condi tions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position OAM032010 e Each time you push the button the temperature setting of the seat is changed as follows OFF gt HIGH 33k gt LOW 3 t e The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on
101. using USB memo ry products which can be used as key chains or cellular phone accessories as they could cause damage to the USB jack Please make certain only to use plug type connector products as shown below CD AUX POWER o 1 2 3 4 v RR SCAN MUTE 4 Using iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc 2 HB Button RANDOM Press this button for less than 0 8 seconds to shuffle order of all songs in current category Song Random Press this button for 0 8 seconds or longer to shuffle order of albums in current category Album Random To cancel RANDOM Play press this button again 3 MEH Button REPEAT Repeats the song currently played 1 Button iPod If iPod is connected it switches to the iPod mode from the previous mode to play the song files stored in the iPod If there is no iPod connected then it displays the message No Media for 3 seconds and returns to the previ ous mode Features of your vehicle 4 GYXers Button Press the button for less than 0 8 seconds to play from the beginning of the song currently played Press the button for less than 0 8 seconds and press it again within 1 second to move to and play the previous track Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in reverse direction in fast speed Press the button for less than 0 8 seconds to move to the next track Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song i
102. vehicle The lighting around the front speaker may not illuminate when the sound of the audio is low Do not use the lights for extended periods when engine is not running It may cause battery discharge NOTICE When the doors are opened the lighting system will not operate FM radio reception JBMO01 How vehicle audio works AM and FM radio signals are broad cast from transmitter towers located around your city They are intercept ed by the radio antenna on your vehi cle This signal is then received by the radio and sent to your vehicle speakers When a strong radio signal has reached your vehicle the precise engineering of your audio system ensures the best possible quality reproduction However in some cases the signal coming to your vehi cle may not be strong and clear This can be due to factors such as the distance from the radio station closeness of other strong radio sta tions or the presence of buildings bridges or other large obstructions in the area Features of your vehicle AM radio reception NOSPHEBE _ JBM002 AM broadcasts can be received at greater distances than FM broad casts This is because AM radio waves are transmitted at low fre quencies These long low frequency radio waves can follow the curvature of the earth rather than travelling straight out into the atmosphere In addition they curve around obstruc tions so that they can provide better
103. while Key is not detected illuminates on the LCD display the warning Insert key illu minates for about 10 seconds Also the immobilizer indicator and the key holder light blinks for about 10 sec onds Press start button again If you can not operate the ENGINE START STOP button when there is a problem with the ENGINE START STOP button system the warning illuminates for 10 seconds and the chime sounds continuously to indicate that you could start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button once more The chime will stop if the ENGINE START STOP button system works normally or the theft alarm system is armed If the warning illuminates each time you press the ENGINE START STOP button take your vehi cle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked Features of your vehicle Shift to P or N to start engine If you try to start the engine with the shift lever not in the P Park or N Neutral position the warning illu minates for about 10 seconds on the LCD display You can also start the engine with the shift lever in the N Neutral posi tion but for your safety start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park position Press start button while turn steering If the steering wheel does not unlock normally when the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed the warning illuminates for 10 seconds on the LCD display Also the warning chime sounds once and the ENGINE START STOP butto
104. 0 positions The passenger s arms and hands should be placed on their laps If seat or seat cover is damaged have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer Inform that your vehicle is equipped with side impact air bags and an occupant detection system Curtain air bag Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors Safety features of your vehicle They are designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occu pants in certain side impact colli sions The curtain air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash severity angle speed and impact The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations collisions from the front or rear of the vehicle or in most rollover situations Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors put their arms on the doors stretch their arms out of the window or place objects between the doors and pas sengers when they are seated on seats equipped with side impact and or curtain air bags NOTICE Never try to open or repair any com ponents of the side curtain air bag system This should only be done by an authorized Kia dealer Safety features of your vehicle Why didn t my air bag go off ina collision Inflation and non infla tion conditions of the air bag Th
105. 357 No of cylinders 4 In line Position light Bulb Side turn signal lights Fender 5 W5W Side turn signal lights DIMENSIONS Outside mirror LED LED Item in mm Front side marker lights 5 W5W Front fog lights 27 H27W Overall length 162 2 4120 Tail lights 5 W5W Overall width 70 3 1785 Tail lights and rear side marker 28 8 2357 Stop and tail lights Bulb 28 8 2357 Overall height 63 4 1610 65 4 1660 Stop and tail lights LED LED LED 195 65R15 61 8 1570 Rear turn signal lights 27 1156NA Front tread 205 55R16 61 2 1555 Back up ligis 1g ae High mounted stop light Bulb 5 W5W 235 45R18 60 4 1535 High mounted stop light LED _ LED LED 195 65R15 62 4 1585 License plate lights 5 W5W Rear tread 205 55R16 62 0 1575 Map lamps 10 W10W 235 45R18 61 0 1550 Room lamp 10 FASTEN 10W Luggage lamp 5 FASTEN 5W Wheel 100 4 2 nee aes Glove box lamp 5 FASTEN 5W 1 with roof rack Vanity mirror lamp 5 FASTEN 5W If equipped Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects TIRES AND WHEELS Cold tire inflation pressure psi kPa Tire eee oer erm Wheel lug nut torque Wheel High speed Item size ee size Normal speed load Masima load lb ft kgem Nem Front Rear Front Rear a P195 65R15 6 0Jx15 33 33 35 35 Full size tire P205 55R16 6 5Jx16 230 230 240 240 Compact spare 60 60 60 60 tire if equipped
106. 4 Maintenance under severe usage conditions 7 21 Normal maintenance schedule eeeesceeseteeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 9 Owner maintenance s cecesseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeescecsecnseeneeeaees 7 6 Scheduled maintenance Service eetere 7 8 Tire maittemanGe s daissressesasispodsepsedes ssbepecesscnshs sohvscesnes 7 46 Maintenance sChedule s escseceeceseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeneeseeenes 7 8 Maintenance under severe usage conditions 7 21 Normal maintenance schedule 1 eeseeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 9 Maintenance Services rrrs rrserserseeseceeeeseeeeceeeeeeeneeeeeeneeaes 7 4 Manual climate control system ee te 4 73 Air conditioning eeeeeeeeretettteeerretrtteetrersr treet tett 4 78 Climate control air filter eee eee eeereeeeeereee ereere 4 81 Heating and air conditioning 4 74 Manual transazlesrireii inris a o KE EKEREN 5 17 Manual transaxle shift indicator eee eere eere 4 46 Memory fuse s sessessesssesssssesssssesssssesseasssenasassneesenss 7 57 I init E td cava sia caps A 4 33 Day night rearview Mirror ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeerererssssssseseseeeen 4 33 Electric Chromic mitro ssrsesssss5ssssssssssnesssssssssssssessssn 4 33 Inside rearview Mirror eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeerreeseseeseeeereesseen 4 33 Outside rearview mifror eeeeeeeereereeeeeseseeseereeeeeseesesen 4 34 Multi hoxna nee ere i ean E 4 96 O Occupant detection system eeeeeeeeeeerrerreererrerrerererereerte 3 38 Odometer errereen eii otros ree oer coor ree
107. 8 Exterior fe tuteseriireiritsistinsisiseinisiisaneisesi ihanet Riit E 4 104 Roof Tack ss esssessevessesssecossscesshsidevesseseesenstessesvonaveneess 4 104 F Flat tire with spare ULE eeeeeeereeereeeerererererreeerererereerereee 6 13 Changing ATG E E E s tnecesecsysnctevecsssecsesed 6 14 Compact spare tire eseesestessseeees tenes teeneenees 6 19 Removing and storing the spare tire eeeeeerereereee 6 14 Flat tire with tire mobility Kit ceeseseeeeseeeeseeeeseeeeeeneneeees 6 21 Floor mat anchor s bana sdb encaneeiGegeuaneeveusecaeseavacswencenasieny 4 101 Fluid Brakes clutch fluid es eeeeecereeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeesseeseeeneeeee 7 31 Washer fluid sss s 22sesessessecsnes secescenesseuesseneesenessensseeseseves 739 Folding the rar SCAL a a E 3 10 Front passenger and rear seat belt eeeeeeeeteeeteees 3 17 Front seat adjustment A E E T A 3 4 Fuel filler LiCl c ecesceeeecseceeeeeeceeeeeececeeccseceeceseceeeseeeeeeeeees 4 24 Fuel LAULC rere rreeeeeteeeteeteet setts etteteeeteeseeteteee testes tetas tats 4 40 Fuel requirements RE EE desde dabdedeecs dovdesibcesvedesteseses cusses 1 3 R A AEREE E ETEA 7 55 Fuse relay panel description 1 ssssssseseeseeseees 7 59 Instrument panel fuse essessseesesesssseneseeseeseens 7 56 Memory fuse ssssssssessesseeseessenesesnnessensensesenneneens 7 57 G Gauge Engine temperature ZAUGE rerreereeeeeeeeeeeseeee
108. Features of your vehicle ial We oAvi020028 Folding the outside rearview mir Electric type if equipped ror To fold the outside rearview mirror Manual type if equipped press the button To fold the outside rearview mirror To unfold it press the button again grasp the housing of the mirror and then fold it toward the rear of the vehicle A CAUTION OAM049029 In case it is an electric type out side rearview mirror don t fold it by hand lt could cause motor failure Features of your vehicle INSTRUMENT CLUSTER y 390 H 1 Tachometer CRUSE SET 140 2 Turn signal indicators 3 Speedometer oo amp enh terre Ne 4 Engine temperature gauge er e N A a 5 Warning and indicator lights A x 6 Trip computer 7 Fuel gauge if equipped E Type B The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration For more details refer to the Gauges in the next pages OD K e 0 BRAKE or OAM042030N OAM042302N Features of your vehicle OAM042095N Instrument panel illumination When the vehicle s parking lights or headlights are on rotate the illumi nation control knob to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel illumination E Type A OAM042031N E Type B EN 60 80 100 120 349 1 w 30 1207 Z200 20 140 OAM042303N Gauges Speedometer The speedometer indicates the for ward speed of the vehicle The speedometer is calibr
109. IGNATED FUSE SIZE ONLY iss USE SOLO LOS FUSIELES ESPECFICADOS S ih WMCNONb3IYATE TONbKO NP QHASHAaYeHHbIe NP QOXPA HM TEIN OAM072026 JiosceSaeses ns otek eee esac ease teense eee eet eee te cee Ste see eee eae eee eee eae ea see ene ce aoe cee E oo eee a see eee nce eee em eee eee soe e Maintenance C aaa Description Fuse rating Protected component P WDW LH 25A Power Window Main Switch Rear Power Window Switch LH P WDW RH 25A Power Window Main Switch Passenger Power Window Switch Rear Power Window Switch RH PDM 2 10A PDM Start Stop Button Switch Fob Holder HAZARD 15A Hazard Relay Hazard Switch One Touch Flasher Unit TAIL LP LH 10A Rear Combination Lamp LH Head Lamp LH License Lamp Rear Combination Lamp RH Head Lamp RH Audio Passenger Power Window Switch Rheostat Power Window Main Switch Hazard Switch Instrument Cluster Mood Lamp Switch TAIL LP RH 10A AUX amp USB Jack ESC Switch A C Control Module Multifunction Switch Driver Passenger Seat Warmer Switch ATM Shift Lever Indicator Glove Box Lamp A V amp Navigation Head Unit Telltale Lamp ISG Switch Active ECO Switch V amp Navigation Touch AUX Jack IG 2 10A BCM Sunroof Motor WIPER RR 15A Rear Wiper Relay Rear Wiper Motor Multifunction Switch Wiper WIPER FRT 25A E R Fuse amp Relay Box Wiper Relay Front Wiper Motor Multifunction Switch Wiper AMP 25A AMP ISG Low DC DC Conve
110. Kia s toll free Consumer Assistance hot line as below National Consumer Affairs Manager Kia Motors America Inc P O Box 52410 Irvine CA 92619 2410 1 800 333 4Kia 4542 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS U S ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Kia Motors America Inc If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists ina group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy cam paign However NHTSA cannot become involved in indi vidual problems between you your dealer or Kia Motors America Inc To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 1200 New Jersey Ave SE West Building Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov Sic e6 eee s soe eee ses eee ees E Ss So atesesceeecese eee eee eeeece geese selene Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects ONLINE FACTORY AUTHORIZED MANUALS U S ONLY The following publications are available on www KiaTechinfo com at no charge Service manual This manual covers maintenance and recommended pro cedures for repair
111. Module ECM when the engine coolant temperature is low during idling the PCSV closes so that evap orated fuel is not taken into the engine After the engine warms up during ordinary driving the PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine 3 Exhaust emission control system The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good vehicle per formance Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate gov ernmental safety and emissions reg ulations In addition damage or performance problems resulting from any modifi cation may not be covered under warranty e If you use unauthorized electronic devices it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally wire damage battery discharge and fire For your safety be careful not to damage Engine exhaust gas precautions carbon monoxide e Carbon monoxide can be present with other exhaust fumes Therefore if you smell exhaust fumes of any kind inside your vehi cle have it inspected and repaired immediately If you ever suspect exhaust fumes are coming into your vehicle drive it only with all the windows fully open Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately io sccSaeses es So eke eee eee eos ete nese eee Reet eee te cena AE eee eee eae ease ee Meee ce aoe cee E eS eee
112. O SETUP ENTER AUDIO PUSH N 3 4 5 6 7 CAT Y FADER SCAN MUTE 5 Button Plays each song in the USB device for 10 seconds To cancel SCAN Play press this but ton again 6 MEJ Button Displays the information of the file currently played in the order of FILE NAME TITLE ARTIST ALBUM FOLDER TOTAL FILE NORMAL DISPLAY FILE NAME Displays no information if the file has no song information SETUP ENTER AUDIO PUSH N 3 4 5 6 7 8 Y FADER 7 7 GO sy Button e Press button to move to child folder of the current folder and display the first song in the folder Press TUNE ENTER knob to move to the folder displayed It will play the first song in the folder Press button to move to parent folder display the first song in the folder Press TUNE ENTER knob to move to the folder displayed SCAN MUTE 8 GULLS Knob amp iudi Button e Turn this knob clockwise to browse songs after current song or count er clockwise to browse songs before current song To play the displayed song press the knob e Pressing this knob without turning enters to AUDIO CONTROL mode Features of your vehicle When using an external USB device make sure the device is not connected when starting up the vehicle If you start the engine when the USB device is connected it may damage the USB device USB flashdrives are very sensitive to electric shock Connect the device
113. R A TA A E 7 46 Mindon S oe eee 4 19 Auto down WInNdOwW rrrrrsssteeteeeeeeteceeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaaeseeseeeee 4 2 Power window lock button lt ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeees 4 21 Windshield defrosting and defogging eee 4 91 Defogging logic E E E E conse swede coveecese 4 93 Winter driving swaaidsdahesSuhcesusudeup dened sbsevesse torr esasseiusecdssaetenle 5 49 SOW reS eea ee cece cece eceee IEEE EEE Ea aE POES DRESEN 5 49 Tire changes ee seenen sence tes sirves nissens riantes tro 5 50 Wiper a E A E 7 35 Wipers ANC WASHES erreetereeseeeeteeeeceeeceeeeceeenceeeeceeeeceeeeeeeee 4 66 1 10 2011 KIA MOTORS AMERICA INC
114. TITAS Beereevdters teeinesessssditeceiieadineaciteecneageataesesaceited 6 14 Checking tire inflation PLCSSULCss eseseseseseeeeeeeeteteeeenenenes 7 42 Child restraint SYS EM serseseesesseseeseseeeeseeeeseeeereneeseeeeeneeeees 3 24 Lower anchor rrrsseeseseeeseceeeeceeeceeeeceeeeceeeeceeseceeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 29 Seat Del tessessessecsesseccssenscsestcscescossscecsssesssssesscocsnssesensscee 3 26 Tether anchor SyStem sssssssessteeseseseteeeteeseeeeteneeeees 3 28 Child protector Tear door lockte escrase ssosesisrse seses 4 16 Cigarette lighter PAEA VENEEN IENE N NA 4 97 Climate control air filter s eceeeeceeeeeeeeseeseeceeeeeeeeanenes 4 81 Clothes hanger PPIE EE ERE E ines bases EAE 4 100 Combined instrument see instrument cluster eee 4 37 Compact spare tire eseeseseeseseseeses esses tess eeseteneseeness 6 19 Compact spare tire replacement eesseeeeeeeteeteteeeees 7 45 Consumer ASSISCANCE ssteereeeteeteeseeeteseeeeceeceeseeeeesaeeseeseeeeeees 8 9 Coolant seeniorid sne Sees eats Seren SERE EE EEEREN ESSES 7 28 Cooling fluid see engine coolant eie cipean iris 7 28 Crankcase emission control system eeeeeeeeeeereereereneee 7 84 Cruise control SYS EM ertrrtertterrrirtererererirerinentenerenerene e 5 37 Cup holder e eeeeeeeeeetteeessttteeerrtereesseeesesseeessssseesssnreessneeeena 4 98 Curtain air bag ESE Sb EEEE E E E E A EA 3 48 D Dashboard illumination see instrument panel illumination eetsissreeisrenrress
115. The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilo pascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional acces sories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transaxle power seats and air con ditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilo pascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric des ignator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant b
116. The brake warning light can be checked in this position Pisce E ete heer ae see Soe eee ee cena teeta eno AE eee eee eae ease enema ce ae cee eet E a oo Meee nseee eee aca eee ence ee ee eee oe Driving your vehicle A WARNING Ignition switch Never turn the ignition switch to LOCK or ACC while the vehicle is moving This would result in loss of directional control and braking function which could cause an accident A WARNING Steering wheel Never reach for any conirols through the steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion The presence of your hand or arm in this area could cause a loss of vehicle control Starting the engine A WARNING Proper footwear Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle Unsuitable shoes high heels ski boots sandals etc may interfere with your ability to use the brake and accelerator pedal and the clutch if equipped N 1 Make sure the parking brake is applied Manual Transaxle Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transaxle into Neutral Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed while turning the igni tion switch to the start position The starter will not operate if the clutch pedal is not fully depressed Automatic Transaxle Place the transaxle shift lever in P ari Depress the brake pedal fully You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N Neutral position 3 Turn the ignition
117. The power outlet is designed to pro vide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems The devices should draw less than 10 amps with the engine running e Use the power outlet only when the engine is running and remove the accessory plug after use Using the accessory plug for prolonged peri ods of time with the engine off could cause the battery to dis charge Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 10A in electric capacity Adjust the air conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet Close the cover when not in use Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle s power out let These devices may cause excessive audio static and mal functions in other electronic sys tems or devices used in your vehi cle CAUTION e Always have the switch in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use If the sunvisor is closed without the lamp off it may discharge the battery or damage the sunvi sor Always use the sunvisor extension after swing the sunvisor to the side Features of your vehicle OSA047133 H Shopping bag holder Clothes hanger if equipped Do not hang a bag weighing more A CAUTION Heavy than 7 Ibs 3 kg It may cause dam clothes age to the shopping bag holder Do not hang heavy clothes the hook may be damaged The act
118. Voice recognition engine of the Bluetooth wireless technology system supports 3 types of lan guages o English o Canadian French o US Spanish e The phone must be paired to the system before using Bluetooth wireless technology features e Only one selected linked cellular phone can be used with the sys tem at a time Some phones are not fully compat ible with this system Features of your vehicle m Receiving a Phone Call When receiving a phone call a ring tone is audible from speakers and the audio system changes into tele phone mode When receiving a phone call Incoming call message and incom ing phone number if available are displayed on the audio e To Answer a Call Press button on the steering wheel e To Reject a Call Press GJ button on the steering wheel e To Adjust Ring Volume Use VOLUME buttons on the steer ing wheel e To Transfer a Call to the Phone Private Call Press and hold button on the steering wheel until the audio sys tem transfers a call to the phone m Talking on the Phone When talking on the phone Active Call message and the other party s phone number if available are dis played on the audio e To Finish a Call Press J button on the steering wheel m Bluetooth wireless technology Audio Music Streaming The audio system supports Bluetooth wireless technology A2DP Audio Advanced Distribution Profile and AVRCP Audi
119. Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish Do not use steel wool abra sive cleaners or strong deter gents containing highly alka line or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may result in damage to the pro tective coating and cause dis coloration or paint deteriora tion Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replace ment be sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced Maintenance O_O Bright metal maintenance To remove road tar and insects use a tar remover not a scraper or other sharp object To protect the surfaces of bright metal parts from corrosion apply a coating of wax or chrome preser vative and rub to a high luster During winter weather or in coastal areas cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preservative If necessary coat the parts with non corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound Underbody maintenance Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may collect on the underbody If these materials are not removed acceler ated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system
120. a will activate when the back up light is ON with the ignition switch ON and the shift lever in the R Reverse position Features of your vehicle HAZARD WARNING FLASHER OAM042039 The hazard warning flasher should be used whenever you find it neces sary to stop the vehicle in a haz ardous location When you must make such an emergency stop always pull off the road as far as pos sible The hazard warning lights are turned on by pushing in the hazard switch Both turn signal lights will blink The hazard warning lights will operate even though the key is not in the igni tion switch To turn the hazard warning lights off push the switch again io sceSaeses ns oem eee ee ee ease teen asec Reet eee ee ceo AE ease eee sees ae sea see ene ce aoe cee E et oo eee nseeceee nse ee mese sees ES Features of your vehicle LIGHTING Headlamp escort if equipped If you turn the ignition switch to the ACC or OFF position with the head lights ON the headlights remain on for about 20 minutes However if the driver s door is opened and closed the headlights are turned off after 30 seconds The headlights can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the trans mitter or smart key twice or turning the light switch to the OFF or Auto position However if you turn the light switch to the Auto position when it is dark outside the headlights will not be turned off immediately Battery saver function e The
121. acement 1 Using a flat blade screwdriver gently pry the lens from the interi or light housing 2 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out Luggage room lamp if equipped Map lamp A WARNING Interior lights Prior to working on the Interior Lights ensure that the OFF button is depressed to avoid burning your fingers or receiv ing an electric shock 3 Install a new bulb in the socket 4 Align the lens tabs with the interior light housing notches and snap the lens into place Maintenance Sa a APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label Finish maintenance Washing To help protect your vehicle s finish from rust and deterioration wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water If you use your vehicle for off road driving you should wash it after each off road trip Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt dirt mud and other foreign materials Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean Insects tar tree sap bird droppings industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle s finish if not removed immediately Even prompt washing with plain water may
122. all the information associated with that phone is also deleted including phonebook If you want to use the deleted phone with the audio system again pairing procedure must be completed once more Press SETUP mode Select Phone then Delete in PHONE menu button to enter Select desired phone name from the list shown e ADVANCED Menu After pressing the button select the Phone menu while in PHONE menu select the Advanced menu to make Bluetooth wireless technology enabled Phone settings The ADVANCED menu may differ accord ing to audio specifications Incoming Volume Bluetooth wire less technology enabled call vol ume adjustments While in ADVANCED menu press In Vol Use the knob key to set the desired volume and select the button Features of your vehicle Contacts Sync Automatic Phonebook download setting While in Advanced menu select Contacts To automatically save the contacts and call history in your mobile phone each time you connect a mobile device select ON If you do not wish for automatic download select OFF It s not available to make a phone call by Bluetooth wireless technolo gy enabled audio system while the phonebook is being downloaded Language of Bluetooth wireless technology voice recognition While in ADVANCED menu select Language To change the lan guage select the desired language and press the butto
123. ariety of options components and features for its various models Therefore some of the equipment described in this manual along with the various illustrations may not be applicable to your particular vehicle The information and specifications provided in this manual were accurate at the time of printing Kia reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation If you have questions always check with your Kia dealer We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle 2012 Kia MOTORS AMERICA Inc All rights reserved May not be reproduced or translated in whole or in part without the written consent of Kia MOTORS AMERICA Inc Printed in Korea Introduction Your vehicle at a glance Safety features of your vehicle Features of your vehicle TABLE OF CONTENTS Driving your vehicle What to do in an emergency Maintenance Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects pao PN pofafafofuy Index fie se eeeeee seem terete eee cee e es ae eee ee seen et eee SSeS eee etoeet ese eee eee eae eet ee eee oce cee eee ee sesices cee cee e ees a Meeesoesecesene aa ae eeee Soe eee ae ee Introduction i How to use this manual 1 2 Fuel requirements 1 3 Vehicle handling instructions 1 5 Vehicle break
124. arily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency tow ing hook under the front or rear of the vehicle Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes Towing in this manner may be done only on hard surfaced roads for a short distance and at low speeds Also the wheels axles power train steering and brakes must all be in good condition e Do not use the tow hooks to pull a vehicle out of mud sand or other conditions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power e Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the vehicle doing the towing The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other fre quently Attach a towing strap to the tow hook Using a portion of the vehicle other than the tow hooks for towing may damage the body of your vehicle Only use a cable or chain specifi cally intended for use in towing vehicles Securely fasten the cable or chain to the towing hook provid ed Before emergency towing check that the hook is not broken or dam aged Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook Do not jerk the hook Apply it steadily and with even force To avoid damaging the hook do not pull from the side or at a verti cal angle Always pull straight ahead What to do in an emergenc OPA067014 Use a towing strap less than 16 feet 5 m long Attach a white or red cloth about 12 i
125. arm water Bleach dye strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric When to replace seat belts The entire in use seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident This should be done even if no damage is visible Additional questions concerning seat belt oper ation should be directed to an authorized Kia dealer Safety features of your vehicle CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM Children riding in the car should sit in the rear seat and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident sudden stop or sudden maneuver According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat Larger children not in a child restraint should use one of the seat belts pro vided You should be aware of the specific requirements in your state Child and or infant safety seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat You must use a commer cially available child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards FMVSS Child restraint systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by seat belt or by a tether anchor and or LATCH anchors if equipped Children could be injured or killed in a crash if their restraints are not properly secured For small children and babies a child seat or infant sea
126. ated in miles per hour and or kilometers per hour OAM042032 Tachometer The tachometer indicates the approximate number of engine revo lutions per minute rpm Use the tachometer to select the cor rect shift points and to prevent lug ging and or over revving the engine Features of your vehicle When the door is opened or if the engine is not started within 1 minute the tachometer pointer may move slightly in the ON position with the engine OFF This movement is nor mal and will not affect the accuracy of the tachometer once the engine is running CAUTION Red zone Do not operate the engine with in the tachometer s RED ZONE This may cause severe engine damage OAM042033 Engine temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant when the igni tion switch is ON Do not continue driving with an over heated engine If your vehicle over heats refer to If the engine over heats in section 6 If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the H position it indicates overheating that may damage the engine Features of your vehicle OAM042034 Fuel gauge The fuel gauge indicates the approx imate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank The fuel tank capacity is given in section 8 The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light which will illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly empty On inclines or curves the fuel gau
127. aust sys tem do not seal the bottom of the vehicle or do not coat the vehicle for corrosion control It may preseni a fire risk under certain conditions A WARNING Catalytic converter Keep away from the catalytic converter and exhaust system while the vehicle is running or immediately thereafter The exhaust and catalytic systems are very hot and may burn you Maintenance i O Your vehicle is equipped with a cat Failure to observe these precautions alytic converter emission control could result in damage to the catalyt device ic converter and to your vehicle Therefore the following precautions Additionally such actions could void must be observed your warranties Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gasoline engines Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunc tion such as misfire or a noticeable loss of performance Do not misuse or abuse the engine Examples of misuse are coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods 5 minutes or more Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission con trol system All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized Kia dealer Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire dam aging the catalytic converter Maintenance E CALIFORNIA
128. aution is ignored NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or helpful information is being provid ed Introduction SS FUEL REQUIREMENTS Your new vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having a pump octane number R M 2 of 87 Research Octane Number 91 or higher Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL as well as mini mize exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling Never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified Consult an authorized Kia dealer for details NOTICE Tighten the cap until it clicks one time otherwise the fuel cap open warning indicator g light will illu minate Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol Gasohol a mixture of gasoline and ethanol also known as grain alco hol and gasoline or gasohol con taining methanol also known as wood alcohol are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline Do not use gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol Either of these fuels may cause drivability problems and dam age to the fuel system Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur Vehicle damage or drivability prob lems may not be covered by the manufacturer s warranty if they result from the use of 1 Gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol 2 Gasoline or gasohol c
129. ay Delete profile Say Yes Before driving 5 3 Key positions 5 5 Engine start stop button 5 8 ISG Idle stop and go system 5 13 Manual Transaxle 5 17 Automatic transaxle 5 20 Brake system 5 25 Cruise control system 5 37 Active eco system 5 41 Economical operation 5 42 Special driving conditions 5 44 Driving your vehicle 5 Winter driving 5 49 Trailer towing 5 52 Vehicle load limit 5 53 Vehicle weight 5 58 Driving your vehicle Be sure the exhaust system does not leak The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underside of the car have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer A WARNING Engine exhaust Do not inhale exhaust fumes or leave your engine running in a enclosed area for a prolonged time Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide a colorless odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation A WARNING Open trunk Do not drive with the trunk open Poisonous exhaust gases can enter the passenger com partment If you must drive with the trunk open proceed as follows 1 Close all windows 2 Open side vents 3 Set the air intake control at Fresh the air flow control at Floor or Face and the fan at t
130. battery is disconnected Maintenance TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care For proper maintenance safety and maximum fuel economy you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle Recommended cold tire infla tion pressures All tire pressures including the spare should be checked when the tires are cold Cold Tires means the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or driven less than one mile 1 6 km Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride vehicle handling and minimum tire wear For recommended inflation pressure refer to Tire and wheels in section 8 OUN086005 All specifications sizes and pres sures can be found on a label attached to the driver s side center pillar also results in Underinflation excessive wear poor handling and reduced fuel economy Wheel deformation also is possible Keep your tire pressures at the proper levels If a tire frequently needs refilling have it checked by an authorized Kia dealer Overinflation produces a harsh ride excessive wear at the center of the tire tread and a greater pos sibility of damage from road haz ards Maintenance a Warm tires normally exceed rec ommended cold tire pressures by 4 to 6 psi 28 to 41 kPa Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure or the tires will be unde
131. be selected automatically If the 7 position is selected with a low fan speed a higher fan speed may be automatically selected Defogging logic To reduce the possibility of fogging up the inside of the windshield the air intake or air conditioning are con trolled automatically according to certain conditions suchas lt amp or V7 position To cancel or return to the defogging logic do the following OAM042068 Manual climate control system 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Turn the mode selection knob to the defrost position 7 3 Push the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds The indicator light in the air intake control button will blink 3 times with 0 5 second of interval It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed sta tus If the battery has been discharged or disconnected it will be reset to the defog logic status Features of your vehicle If the battery has been discharged or disconnected it will be reset to the defog logic status OAM042324 Automatic climate control system 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Select the defrost position press ing defrost button 7 3 While holding the air conditioning button A C pressed press the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds The A C display blinks 3 times with 0 5 second of interval It indicates that the defo
132. blade assembly in the Rear window wiper blade 2 Install the new blade assembly by reverse order of removal 1 Raise the wiper arm and pull out inserting the center part into the the wiper blade assembly slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place 3 Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slightly 4 Place back the wiper arm to the proper position To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components have an authorized Kia dealer replace the wiper blade S E EE E AE AE EEE E E E A E E Maintenance BATTERY OAM079015 For best battery service Keep the battery securely mount ed Keep the battery top clean and dry Keep the terminals and connec tions clean tight and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time discon nect the battery cables A WARNING Risk of A explosion Keep lit cigarettes and all other flames or sparks away from the battery The battery contains hydrogen a highly com bustible gas which will explode if it comes in contact with a flame or spark A WARNING Sulfuric acid in batteries Keep batteries out of the reach of children because batteries con tain highly corrosive SULFURIC ACID and electrolyte
133. button or turning any knob except AUTO button while automatic operation the functions not selected will be controlled auto matically 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired posi tion 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position Set the fan speed control to the desired speed If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system on Press the AUTO button in order to convert to full automatic control of the system o oO E Type A E Type B OAM042314 Mode selection The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system Refer to the illustration in the Manual climate control system The air flow outlet port is converted as follows at Hnd Features of your vehicle P Vent mode B D Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each out let can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet e N 7 Vent Floor mode B D C E Air flow is discharged towards the face and floor e Floor mode C E A D Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defroster VIF N oor Defrost mode 7 CED Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window de
134. by driving run flat or with insufficient air pres sure Do not remove any foreign objects such as nails or screws that have penetrated the tire Provided the car is outdoors leave the engine running Otherwise operating the compressor may eventually drain the car battery Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit unattended while it is being used Do not leave the compressor run ning for more than 10 min ata time or it may overheat Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the ambient temperature is below 22 F 30 C What to do in an emergency OAM060015L Components of the Tire Mobility Kit 0 Speed restriction label 1 Sealant bottle and speed restriction 2 Filling hose from sealant bottle to wheel 3 Connectors and cable for the power outlet direct connection label with 4 Holder for the sealant bottle 5 Compressor 6 On off switch 7 Pressure gauge for displaying the tire inflation pressure 8 Screw cap for reducing tire infla tion pressure 9 Hose to connect compressor and sealant bottle or compressor and wheel Connectors cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing the specified sequence otherwise the sealant may escape under high pressure Strictly follow What to do in an emergency Using the Tire Mobility Kit 1 Detach the speed restriction label 0 from the sealant bottle 1 and place it in a highly visible place inside the vehicle such as on the
135. by turning it counterclockwise 8 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the housing and rotating in until it locks into place 9 Install the headlight bulb cover by turning it clockwise OAM072073N Front turn signal position light Bulb type Follow the steps 1 to 5 from the pre vious page 6 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly 7 Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket 8 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place 9 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly and turning the socket clockwise 10 Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle LED type If the light bulb is not operating have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance OAM072072N Front side marker Follow the steps 1 to 5 from the pre vious page 6 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly 7 Pull the bulb out of the socket 8 Insert a new bulb into the socket 9 Install the socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots on the assembly and turning the s
136. cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident Be sure your tires are in good shape Turn on your headlights to make it easier for others to see you Driving too fast through large pud dles can affect your brakes If you must go through puddles try to drive through them slowly If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet apply them lightly while driving until normal braking operation returns Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no higher than the bottom of the wheel hub Drive through any water slowly Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be affected After driving through water dry the brakes by gently applying them sev eral times while the vehicle is moving slowly Se a a ee Ne a a nee ete a ee ete ter ete ae ee eee ete ee ets Driving your vehicle Driving off road Drive carefully off road because your vehicle may be damaged by rocks or roots of trees Become familiar with the off road conditions where you are going to drive before you begin driving Highway driving Tires Adjust the tire inflation pressures to specification Low tire inflation pres sures will result in overheating and possible failure of the tires Avoid using worn or damaged tires which may result in reduced traction or tire failure Never exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure shown on the tires Fuel engine coolant and engine
137. ce 4 40 Oil Engine seeeeeeetteeeeeteeeesrteteesreeesessseessssseessneseessnrreeenne 7 26 Online factory authorized manuals eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeeee 8 14 Outside rearview MILrOre s eeteceeeecee cess eeseeseececeeeeeeaeenes 4 34 Outside TEMPCLAatULe seeeseeeeeeeeseeetseee estes tees este te eeeeeeteeeees 4 45 OVETHGATS 8s sees ee8s coceee cca eedceces sn eveceens sedans iene eeey iese Es 6 7 Owner maintenance eereereeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeaseeeeeneeeeeeees 7 6 P Parking elie ee eee ee rere 5 26 Parking eI A a dovensieess coesishsscenevssserieass sens 7 33 Power Drakeserrssssssesersereeeteeceeeeeececeeceeeseeceeeeeeeeeceeseeeeeetee 5225 POWerL OUtLEt sc ecreeceee eect eet tees Se E EEr Erene T EEE SESE ESSES EENES EESE 4 99 Power window lock button oee eeeseeeesseeesssesssssserssssesesesees 4 21 Pre tensioner seat belp sssisssrissseisssssesesissscssssncssssessscssse 3 19 Push starting Sass PEKES PESTER SPE PES PEHE EK ETES EFKS teventaudeecsanaseseanter 6 6 Index R Rear seats ioien ae eE iaa AE aE EE E AREE 3 10 Rearview camera eretier oeiee esiis is iee end hire aia 4 60 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures veee 7 41 Recommended lubricants and capacities eerren 8 4 Recommended SAE viscosity number eeerereeeeeee 8 6 Refrigerant label 1 ssssssssssessssssseseesesessenseseseneentenes 8 8 Remote keyless Oa Wo eeeeeeererreererreererererterreetreereeeeeeeeeeeeret 4 4 Replacement
138. child above 12 months to 12 years old with or without child restraint sys tem sits in the front passenger seat This is a normal condition Safety features of your vehicle Continued B990A080 1KMN3663 1KMN3665 Never put a heavy load in the Never sit with the hips shifted Never place the feet on the front passenger seat towards the front of the seat dashboard and OVQ036014N 1KMN3662 1KMN3664 Never place the feet on the front Never excessively recline the Never lean on the door or cen passenger seatback front passenger seatback ter console Never sit on one side of the front passenger seat Safety features of your vehicle Proper position B990A010 When an adult is seated in the front passenger seat if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator is on turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion and ask the passenger to sit properly sitting upright with the seat back in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor Restart the engine and have the person remain in that position This will allow the system to detect the person and to enable the passenger air bag If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator is still on ask the passen ger to move to the rear seat NOTICE The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator illuminates for about 4 sec onds after the ignition switch is tu
139. cial hot waxes applied by automatic car washes have been known to make the windshield diffi cult to clean Maintenance Contamination of either the wind shield or the wiper blades with for eign matter can reduce the effective ness of the windshield wipers Common sources of contamination are insects tree sap and hot wax treatments used by some commer cial car washes If the blades are not wiping properly clean both the win dow and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent and rinse thoroughly with clean water CAUTION Wiper blades To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them Maintenance Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean adequately the blades may be worn or cracked and require replacement To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components do not attempt to move the wipers manually The use of a non specified wiper blade could result in wiper malfunc tion and failure 1LDA5023 i 1JBA7037 Front windshield wiper blade 2 Compress the clip and slide the 1 Raise the wiper arm and turn the blade assembly downward wiper blade assembly to expose _ 3 Lift it off the arm the plastic locking clip A CAUTION Wiper arms Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield since it may chip or crack the windshield Maintenance 1JBA7038 do OHM078062 OED076041 4 Install the
140. climates More than 50 driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 90 F 32 C If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions you should inspect replace or refill more fre quently than the following Normal Maintenance Schedule After 120 months or 150 000 miles continue to follow the prescribed maintenance intervals Maintenance SSeS eS ee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty Where both mileage and time are shown the fre quency of service is determined by whichever occurs first 1 Inspect Water Pump when replacing the drive belt or When replacing coolant use only a qualified coolant timing belt additive for your vehicle and never mix hard water in 2 Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be the coolant filled at the factory An improper coolant maintenance free but periodic inspection is recom mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine mended for this maintenance schedule depends on damage fuel quality If there are some important safety matters If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard bottle of additive is recommended Additives are avail starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately able from your authorized Kia dealer al
141. connecting hooks may be damaged from contacting vehicle components causing the snow chains to come loose from the tire Make sure the snow chains are SAE class S certified e Always check chain installation for proper mounting after driving approximately 0 3 to 0 6 miles 0 5 to 1 km to ensure safe mounting Retighten or remount the chains if they are loose Chain installation When installing chains follow the manufacturer s instructions and mount them as tightly as you can Drive slowly with chains installed If you hear the chains contacting the body or chassis stop and tighten them If they still make contact slow down until it stops Remove the chains as soon as you begin driving on cleared roads When mounting snow chains park the vehicle on level ground away from traffic Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning flashers and place a triangular emergency warning device behind the vehicle if available Driving your vehicle The use of chains may adversely affect vehicle handling Do not exceed 20 mph 30 km h or the chain manufacturer s recom mended speed limit whichever is lower Drive carefully and avoid bumps holes sharp turns and other road hazards which may cause the vehicle to bounce Avoid sharp turns or locked wheel braking CAUTION Snow chains e Chains that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicle s brake lines suspension body and wheels Stop d
142. converter damage is possible This could result in loss of engine power Have the Engine Control System inspected as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer ESC Electronic Stability Control indicator if equipped ee The ESC indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approxi mately 3 seconds When the ESC is on it monitors the driving conditions and under normal driving conditions the ESC indicator will remain off When a slippery or low traction con dition is encountered the ESC will operate and the ESC indicator will blink to indicate the ESC is operat ing If this indicator illuminates and stays on the ESC may have malfunc tioned Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked ESC OFF indicator if equipped OFF The ESC OFF indicator will illumi nate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximately 3 seconds To switch to ESC function off press the ESC OFF button The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate indicating the ESC is deactivated Jie scceaeses es otek eee ae ee ease teen seece eet eee te cena Ste see ee eee ene eee eae ease ee nee ce ae eee E oS Meee ase eens cee ene ae ene e sae eee Features of your vehicle Cruise indicators if equipped CRUISE indicator CRUISE The indicator illuminates when the cruise control system is enabled The cruise indicator in the instrument cluster
143. coolant For mixture percentage refer to the e When adding coolant use only following table deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the fac Ambient Mixture Percentage volume tory Temperature An improper coolant mixture can Antifreeze Water result in serious malfunction or engine damage 5F 15 35 65 The engine in your vehicle has alu 13 F 25 C 40 60 minum engine parts and must be 31 F 35C 50 50 protected by an ethylene glycol based coolant to prevent corrosion 49 F 45 C 60 40 and freezing DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the spec ified coolant Do not use a solution that contains more than 60 antifreeze or less than 35 antifreeze which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution Maintenance Changing the coolant CAUTION Removing ging radiator cap Have the coolant changed by an authorized Kia dealer according to z4 Never attempt to ithe Maintenance Schedule at the remove the radiator eae while the andine beginning of this section FA is Soper aiing or ee Put a thick cloth around the radiator Doing so might lead P before refilling the coolant in to cooling system and engine order to prevent the coolant from damage overflowing into engine parts such as the alternator Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Use extreme care when rem
144. creen if equipped To use the cargo screen insert the 4 Use the cargo screen to hide items edges into the slots stored in the cargo area Features of your vehicle oamo42347N CAUTION Luggage When not in use remove the 2 rear Since the cargo screen may be edges from the slot and attach the damaged or malformed do not cargo screen to the seat back by ut the luggage on it when it is using the magic tape on the back of ee een the cargo screen Jo scceaeses es oem EEO EE eee eet eee eno AE eee eee eae ease enema ce aoe cee E ene oo eee a eee eee nse E Features of your vehicle EXTERIOR FEATURES a lt F m A OAM049092 Roof rack if equipped If the vehicle has a roof rack you can load cargo on top of your vehicle The following specification is the maximum weight that can be loaded onto the roof rack Distribute the load as evenly as possible on the roof rack and secure the load firmly ROOF RACK 165 Ibs 75 kg EVENLY DISTRIBUTED Loading cargo or luggage in excess of the specified weight limit on the roof rack may damage your vehicle CAUTION Using roof rock When carrying cargo on the roof rack take the necessary precau tions to make sure the cargo does not damage the roof of the vehicle When carrying large objects on the roof rack make sure they do not exceed the overall roof length or width NOTICE If the vehicle is equipped with a sun roof be
145. ct visually the following items Every 7 500 miles or 12 months DIEarenyiconeton 3K Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Brake pedal and operation Chassis body nuts and bolts Drum brake and linings if equipped Disc brakes and pads if equipped Exhaust pipe and muffler Front suspension ball joints 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 13 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts Continued Maintenance Le NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 60 000 miles or 48 months Q Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrig erant and performance if equipped Q Inspect cooling system Inspect drive belt First 60 000 miles or 72 months after every 15 000 miles or 24 months Inspect drive shaft and boots O Inspect fuel filter Inspect fuel line hoses and connection Q Inspect fuel tank air filter O Inspect valve clearance Engine 1 6 Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Q Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid Brake lines hoses and connections Brake pedal and operation Chassis body nuts and bolts Drum brake and linings if equipped Disc brakes and pads if equipped Ra Kite Ge te et 3 4 5 6 7 Continued Continued 8 Exhaust pipe and muffler 9 Front suspension ball
146. cted by an authorized Kia deal er as soon as possible IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE TIRE MOBILITY KIT IF EQUIPPED CAUTION One sealant for one tire When two or more tires are flat do not use the tire mobility kit because the supported one sealant of Tire Mobility Kit is only used for one flat tire A WARNING Tire wall Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit to repair punctures in the tire walls This can result in an acci deni due to tire failure A WARNING Temporary fix Have your tire repaired as soon as possible The tire may loose air pressure at any time after inflating with the Tire Mobility Kit OAM060014L Introduction With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay mobile even after experiencing a tire puncture The system of compressor and seal ing compound effectively and com fortably seals most punctures in a passenger car tire caused by nails or similar objects and reinflates the tire After you ensured that the tire is properly sealed you can drive cau tiously on the tire distance up to 200 km 120 miles at a max speed of 80 km h in order to reach a service station or tire dealer for the tire replacement Losec aeses es otek eee ae ee ease teen eset cece tee e te cena Ste see ee ease eee sete eae ease enema te ae ce eee E ee See ee eee eee eee eee eee ee eee What to do in an emergency It is possible that some tires espe cially with larger punctures or dam age to the sid
147. d However if the ignition switch is ON or all doors are locked the light will turn off immediately If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK position the light stays on for about 20 minutes However if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position the light stays on continuously 3 ON The light stays on at all times Do not leave the lamp switches on for an extended period of time when the vehicle is not running OAM042348N Luggage room lamp The luggage room lamp comes on when the tailgate is opened The lamp comes on as long as the tailgate is open To prevent unneces sary charging system drain close the tailgate securely after using the luggage room eatures of your vehicle OAM042344N Glove box lamp if equipped The glove box lamp comes on when the glove box is opened To prevent unnecessary charging system drain close the glove box securely after using the glove box Vanity mirror lamp if equipped Pull the sunvisor downward and you can turn the vanity mirror lamp ON or OFF by pushing the button e To turn the lamp ON e O To turn the lamp OFF To prevent unnecessary charging system drain turn off the lamp by pushing the O button after using the lamp io sccSaeses es oem eee eee e ose teense eee Reet eee te cena AE eee eee te eae ease ee nee ce aoe cee A E oS eee a see eee nee ene E Features of your vehicle DEFROSTER
148. d control switch NOOO ff WOOD OAM042312 Features of your vehicle E Type A E Type B R OAM042313 Automatic heating and air con ditioning 1 Push the AUTO button It is indi cated by AUTO on the display The modes fan speeds air intake and air conditioning will be controlled automatically by temperature set ting E Type A E Type B 4 OAM042316 2 Set the temperature control knob to set the desired temperature NOTICE e To turn the automatic operation off select any button or switch of the following Mode selection button Air conditioning button Front windshield defroster but ton Air intake control button Fan speed control switch The selected function will be con trolled manually while other func tions operate automatically Regardless of the temperature set ting when using automatic opera tion the air conditioning system can automatically turn on to decrease the humidity inside the vehicle even if the temperature is set to warm Features of your vehicle OUN026312 Never place anything over the sensor located on the instrument panel to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system Manual heating and air condi tioning The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pushing buttons other than the AUTO button In this case the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons selected When pressing any
149. deactivated The light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate and a message Auto Stop Deactivated will appear on the LCD display if equipped If the light or notice comes on con tinuously please check the opera tion condition gt P Auto Stop A OAM052053N ISG system deactivation e If you want to deactivate the ISG system press the ISG OFF button The light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate and a message Auto Stop off will appear on the LCD display if equipped e If you press the ISG OFF button again the system will be activated and the light on the ISG OFF but ton will turn off Jo scceaeses es oak EE EE ece Reet eee te cena AE ease ee eee eae ease ee Meee ce ace cee E AA asec eee aca eee eek ec eee ecm seen Driving your vehicle ISG system malfunction e If the ISG OFF button light is not turned off by pressing the ISG OFF The system may not operate button again or if the ISG system when continuously does not work cor If the ISG related sensors or sys rectly please contact an author tem error occurs the yellow AUTO ized Kia dealer as soon as possi STOP indicator A on the instru ble ment cluster will stay on after blink ing for 5 seconds and the light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate NOTICE If the AGM battery is reconnected or replaced ISG function will not operate immediately If you want to use the ISG function the battery sensor needs to be cali b
150. direct observation to determine the actual distance of following vehi cles when changing lanes A CAUTION Rearview mirror Do not scrape ice off the mirror face this may damage the sur face of the glass If ice should restrict the movement of the mirror do not force the mirror for adjustment To remove ice use a deicer spray or a sponge or soft cloth with warm water Features of your vehicle A A AN Remote control Manual type if equipped To adjust an outside mirror move the control lever Electric type if equipped The electric remote control mirror switch allows you to adjust the posi tion of the left and right outside rearview mirrors To adjust the posi tion of either mirror the ignition switch should be in the ACC or ON position Push the switch 1 to R or L to select the right side mirror or the left side mirror then press a corre sponding point on the mirror adjust ment control to position the selected mirror up down left or right After the adjustment put the switch into the neutral center position to prevent inadvertent adjustment A CAUTION Outside mirror The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjusting angles but the motor continues to operate while the switch is depressed Do not depress the switch longer than necessary the motor may be damaged Do not atiempt to adjust the outside rearview mirror by hand Doing so may damage the parts
151. ditions are encountered such as water snow ice mud sand or similar haz ards follow these suggestions e Drive cautiously and allow extra distance for braking e Avoid sudden braking or steering e When braking with non ABS brakes pump the brake pedal with a light up and down motion until the vehicle is stopped Do not pump the brake pedal on a vehicle equipped with ABS e If stalled in snow mud or sand use second gear Accelerate slow ly to avoid spinning the drive wheels e Use sand rock salt tire chains or other non slip material under the drive wheels to provide traction when stalled in ice snow or mud Reducing the risk of a rollover This multi purpose passenger vehi cle is defined as a Crossover Utility Vehicle CUV CUV s have higher ground clearance and a narrower track to make them capable of per forming in a wide variety of road applications Specific design charac teristics give them a higher center of gravity than ordinary vehicles An advantage of the higher ground clearance is a better view of the road which allows you to anticipate problems They are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional passenger vehicles Due to this risk driver and passen gers are strongly recommended to buckle their seat belts In a rollover crash an unbelted person is more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt There are steps that a driv er can make to reduce the risk
152. e Open the sunroof OBK049019 and remove regularly the dust using Sunshade clean cloth When opening the sunroof the sun shade will also open Once the sun A CAUTION Sunroof roof is closed the sunshade can be motor manually closed damage If you try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice the glass or the motor could be damaged Features of your vehicle Resetting the sunroof Whenever the vehicle battery is dis connected or discharged you must reset your sunroof system as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 According to the position of the sunroof do the following 1 In case the sunroof is closed completely or tilted Push the sunroof control lever upward until the sunroof tilts completely upward 2 In case the sunroof is open Push the sunroof control lever forward until the sunroof closes completely Push the sunroof control lever upward until the sunroof tilts completely upward 3 Release the sunroof control lever 4 Push the sunroof control lever upward for about 10 seconds until the sunroof has returned to the original tilt position after it is raised a little higher than the maxi mum tilt position Then release the lever 5 Push the sunroof control lever upward for about 6 seconds until the sunroof operates as follows TILT DOWN gt SLIDE OPEN gt SLIDE CLOSED Then release the l
153. e even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumina tion of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS mal function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximate ly one minute and then remain con tinuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehi cle start ups as long as the malfunc tion exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alter nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function proper What to do in an emergency If the TPMS Low Tire Pressure indi cator do not illuminate for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or engine is running or if they remain illuminated after coming on for approximately 3 sec onds take your car to your nearest authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked Low tire pressure tell
154. e compartment on the passenger side Features of your vehicle CAUTION Washer pump To prevent possible damage to the washer pump do not oper ate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty CAUTION Wipers amp windshields To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windshield do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gaso line kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other compo nents do not attempt to move the wipers manually OAM049103N Rear window wiper and wash er switch if equipped The rear window wiper switch is located at the end of the wiper and washer switch lever Turn the switch to the desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer ON Normal wiper operation INT Intermittent wiper operation if equipped OFF Wiper is not in operation Push the lever away from you to spray rear washer fluid and to run the rear wipers 1 3 cycles The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever Features of your vehicle INTERIOR LIGHT Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when the engine is not running It may cause battery discharge m Type A OAM042052 Map lamp Push the lens 1 to turn the map lamp on or off This light produces a spot beam for convenient use as a map lamp at night or as a pe
155. e data can help provide a bet ter understanding of the circum stances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of per sonally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investiga tion To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR Your rights with respect to the information discussed above may vary from state to state In some states such information is con sidered private is exclusively owned by the owner of the motor vehicle and is not retrievable or usable by another person or enti ty Introduction INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER E 4 Door Ajar Warning Light Charging System Warning 7 Light ES High Beam Indicator i Malfunction Indicator i Oct pps Turn Signal Indicator ry Air Bag Warning Light Front Fog Light Indicator I ESC Indicator ESC OFF Indicator OFF G ABS Warning Light Parking Brake a
156. e eae ee eee eae eas eee Nee ce aoe cee eet E oo eee see eee nse e een ea cme ee eee Driving your vehicle AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED Automatic transaxle operation The automatic transaxle has 6 for ward speeds and one reverse speed The individual speeds are selected automatically depending on the position of the shift lever NOTICE The first few shifts on a new vehicle if the battery has been disconnected may be somewhat abrupt This is a normal condition and the shifting sequence will adjust after shifts are cycled a few times by the TCM Transaxle Control Module or PCM Powertrain Control Module wy Depress the brake pedal and the push button when shifting Press the push button when shifting gt The shift lever can be shifted freely OAM052002 Driving your vehicle For smooth operation depress the Transaxle ranges brake pedal when shifting from N CAUTION Transaxle The indicator light in the instrument Neutral to a forward or reverse To avoid damage to your cluster displays the shift lever posi gear transaxle do not accelerate tion when the ignition switch is in the the engine in R Reverse or ON position any forward gear position with the brakes on e The transaxle may be dam P Park aged if you shift into P Park Always come to a complete stop while the vehicle is in motion efore shifting into P Park This position locks the transaxle and pre vents th
157. e front wheels from rotating When stopped on an upgrade do not hold the vehicle with engine power Shifting into P Park while the vehi Use the service brake or the parking cle is in motion will cause the drive brake wheels to lock which will cause you to lose control of the vehicle Driving your vehicle R Reverse Use this position to drive the vehicle backward A CAUTION Shifting Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R Reverse you may damage the transaxle if you shift into R Reverse while the vehicle is in motion except when Rocking the Vehicle explained in this section N Neutral The wheels and transaxle are not engaged The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or service brakes are applied D Drive This is the normal forward driving position The transaxle will automati cally shift through a _ 6 gear sequence providing the best fuel economy and power For extra power when passing anoth er vehicle or climbing grades depress the accelerator fully at which time the transaxle will auto matically downshift to the next lower gear Sports mode Whether the vehicle is stopped or in motion sports mode is selected by pushing the shift lever from the D Drive position into the manual gate To return to D Drive range opera tion push the shift lever back into the main gate In sports mode moving the shift
158. e iPod and the audio system the sound effects of both devices will overlap and might reduce or distort the quality of the sound Deactivate turn off the equalizer function of an iPod when adjusting the audio system s volume and turn off the equalizer of the audio system when using the equalizer of an iPod e When the iPod cable is connected the system can be switched to AUX mode even without iPod device and may cause noise Disconnect the iPod cable when you are not using the iPod device When not using iPod with car audio detach the iPod cable from iPod Otherwise iPod may remain in accessory mode and may not work properly H When connecting the iPod use the USB AUX terminals When disconnecting the iPod dis connect both the USB AUX termi nal The iPod exclusive cable must be connected to both the USB AUX terminals for iPod charging and operations to be supported Features of your vehicle SIRIUS Satellite Radio information if equipped Satellite Radio channels SIRIUS Satellite Radio has over 130 chan nels including 69 channels of 100 com mercial free music plus sports news talk and entertainment available nationwide in your vehicle For more information and a complete list of SIRIUS Satellite Radio channels visit sirius com in the United States sirius canada ca in Canada or call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Satellite Radio reception factors To receive the satellite signal your
159. e low tire pressure telltale will extinguish within a few minutes of driving If the indicator is not extinguished after a few minutes of driving please visit an authorized Kia dealer If a original mounted tire is replaced with the spare tire the TPMS sensor on the replaced spare wheel should be initiated and the TPMS sensor on the original mounted wheel should be deactivated If the TPMS sensor on the original mounted wheel locat ed in the spare tire carrier still acti vates the tire pressure monitoring system may not operate properly Have the tire with TPMS serviced or replaced by an authorized Kia deal er What to do in an emergency You may not be able identify a low tire by simply looking at it Always use a good quality tire pressure gauge to measure the tire s inflation pressure Please note that a tire that is hot from being driven will have a higher pressure measurement than a tire that is cold from sitting station ary for at least 3 hours and driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km during that 3 hour period Allow the tire to cool before measur ing the inflation pressure Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to recommended pressure A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile 1 6 km in that 3 hour period e The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors such as nails or road debris If you feel any vehicle
160. e memory fuse is pulled out the battery can still be discharged by operation of the headlights or other electrical devices Maintenance 3 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown To remove or insert the fuse use the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse panel 4 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an author ized Kia dealer CAUTION Fuse panel m OAM072025 i covers eee fuse After checking the fuse panel in Mul susa l p the engine compartment If the multi fuse IS blown it must be 1 Turn the ignition switch and all securely install the fuse panel emoved as follows other switches off cover to prevent electrical fail 1 Turn off the engine 2 Remove the fuse panel cover by ures which may occur from 9 Disconnect the negative battery pressing the tab and pulling the water contact cable cover up 3 Remove the fuse panel on the right side in the engine compartment 4 Remove the nuts shown in the pic ture above Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating 6 Reinstall in the reverse order of removal If the multi fuse is blown consult an authorized Kia dealer o Maintenance P WDW LH OAMO079026 Fuse relay panel description Inner fuse panel Inside the fuse relay panel covers you can find the fuse relay label describing fuse relay name and capacity ap USE THE DES
161. e parking brake and brake fluid warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is in the ON posi tion Features of your vehicle Tire Pressure Monitoring System indicator Low tire pressure indi cator TPMS malfunc tion indicator The low tire pressure telltale comes on for 3 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position The low tire pressure telltale illumi nates when one or more of your tires is significantly underinflated The low tire pressure telltale will illu minate after it blinks for approximate ly one minute when there is a prob lem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System If this occurs have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible If the warning light illuminates while driving reduce vehicle speed imme diately and stop the vehicle Avoid hard braking and overcorrecting the steering wheel Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle s tire information placard e The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors If you feel any vehicle instability immediately take your foot off the accelerator apply the brakes grad ually and with light force and slow ly move to a safe position off the road Features of your vehicle Charging system warn ing light E This warning light indicates a mal function of either the generator or electrical charging system If the wa
162. e the mechanical key 2 Insert the key into the hole of the outside door handle Turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle to lock and toward the front of the vehicle to unlock 3 To reinstall the mechanical key put the key into the hole and push it until a click sound is heard OEN040208 Battery replacement A smart key battery should last for several years but if the smart key is not working properly try replacing the battery with a new one If you are unsure how to use your smart key or replace the battery contact an authorized Kia dealer 1 Pry open the rear cover of the smart key 2 Replace the battery with a new battery CR2032 When replacing the battery make sure the battery positive symbol faces down as indicated in the illustration Jie sceeaeses ns oes eee seca ose a eet eee te eee Ste see oeenea n ae asa see ones se sce cet eee eet oases cess eee oS eee e eee eee sce ease enemas ee oaeee Features of your vehicle 3 Install the battery in the reverse order of removal The smart key is designed to give you years of trouble free use howev er it can malfunction if exposed to moisture or static electricity If you are unsure how to use or replace the battery contact an authorized Kia dealer Using the wrong battery can cause the smart key to malfunction Be sure to use the correct battery If you suspect that your smart key might have sustained some damage or you feel your smart key
163. e you change or rotate your tires and when you have the front brakes replaced OAM059004 Parking brake Applying the parking brake To engage the parking brake first apply the foot brake and then without pressing the release button in pull the parking brake lever up as far as possible In addition it is recommend ed that when parking the vehicle on an incline the shift lever should be in the P Park position for Automatic transaxle or Reverse for manual transaxle Driving your vehicle A CAUTION Parking brake Driving with the parking brake applied will cause excessive brake pad or lining and brake rotor wear OTD059011 Releasing the parking brake To release the parking brake first apply the foot brake and pull up the parking brake lever slightly Secondly press the release button 1 and lower the parking brake lever 2 while holding the button Jo scceaeses es otek E teense eee eee tee e le cena Ste sneer eee ee eee eae ease enema ce aoe eee E oS Meee a eee eee cee eee ewan cameos eee Driving your vehicle E BRAKE Check the brake warning light by turn ing the ignition switch ON do not start the engine This light will be illuminat ed when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position Before driving be sure the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off If the brake warning light remains on after the parking bra
164. ean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Follow the instructions provided with the soap Do not bleach or re dye the webbing because this may weaken it Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehicle become fogged that is cov ered with an oily greasy or waxy film they should be cleaned with a glass cleaner Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container CAUTION Rear windows Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window This may result in damage of the rear window defroster grid Maintenance Li EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty Please see the warranty information contained in the Warranty amp Maintenance booklet in your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system to meet all applicable emission regulations There are three emission control systems as follows 1 Crankcase emission control sys tem 2 Evaporative emission control sys tem 3 Exhaust emission control system In order to assure the proper function of the emission control systems it is recommended that you have your vehicle inspected and maintained by an authorized Kia dealer in accor dance with the maintenance sched ule in this manual Caution for the Inspection and Maintenance Test With Electronic Stability Control
165. ease by 1 0 mph 1 6 km h each time the SET switch is operated in this manner Driving your vehicle To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on depress the accelerator pedal Increased speed will not interfere with cruise control operation or change the set speed To return to the set speed take your foot off the accelerator OAM059014L To cancel cruise control do one of the following Press the brake pedal Press the clutch pedal with a man ual transaxle Shift into N Neutral with an auto matic transaxle Push the CANCEL switch located on the steering wheel Decrease the vehicle speed lower than the memory speed by 12 mph 20 km h Decrease the vehicle speed to less than approximately 25 mph 40 km h Each of these actions will cancel cruise control operation the SET indicator light in the instrument clus ter will go off but it will not turn the system off If you wish to resume cruise control operation push the RES switch located on your steer ing wheel You will return to your pre viously preset speed Driving your vehicle To turn cruise control off do one of the following e Push the CRUISE ON OFF button the CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off e Turn the ignition off Both of these actions will cancel the cruise control operation If you want to resume the crui
166. ecommend that the wheels of the vehicle be blocked and that no person remain in a vehicle that is being jacked eres 1V0A4023 OAM069001 4 Remove the wheel lug nut wrench 6 Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun jack jack handle and spare tire terclockwise one turn each but do from the vehicle not remove any nut until the tire 5 Block both the front and rear of the has been raised off the ground wheel that is diagonally opposite from the jack position What to do in an emergenc 9 Loosen the wheel nuts and remove them with your fingers Slide the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it cannot roll away To put the wheel on the hub pick up the spare tire line up the holes with the studs and slide the wheel onto them If this is difficult tip the wheel slightly and get the top hole in the wheel lined up with the top stud Then jiggle the wheel back OAMOs9009 and forth until the wheel can slide over the other studs 7 Place the jack at the front or rear 8 Insert the jack handle into the jack jacking position closest to the tire and turn it clockwise raising the you are changing Place the jack vehicle until the tire just clears the at the designated locations under ground This measurement is the frame approximately 1 in 80 mm Before removing the wheel lug nuts make sure the vehicle is sta ble and that there is no chance for movement or slippage What to do in an emergenc Wheels ma
167. ected signal from the same station or by signals from two stations with close fre quencies If this occurs select another station until the condition has passed Satellite radio reception You may experience difficulties in receiving SIRIUS satellite radio sig nals in the following situations SATELITE1 e If you are driving in a tunnel or a covered parking area If you are driving beneath the top level of a multi level freeway If you drive under a bridge If you are driving next to a tall vehi cle such as a truck or a bus that blocks the signal If you are driving in a valley where the surrounding hills or peaks block the signal from the satellite e If you are driving on a mountain road where is the signal blocked by mountains Mountains AA Unobstructed area Iron bridges SATELITE2 If you are driving in an area with tall trees that block the signal 30 ft 10m or more for example on an road that goes through a dense for est The signal can become weak in some areas that are not covered by the SIRIUS repeater network There may be other unforeseen cir cumstances leading to reception problems with the SIRIUS satellite radio signal Features of your vehicle Using a cellular phone or a two way radio When a cellular phone is used inside the vehicle noise may be produced from the audio equipment This does not mean that something is wrong with the audio equipment In such
168. ectricity by touching A WARNING T phone rubbing or sliding against any es item or fabric polyester satin Do not use cellular phones nylon etc capable of produc while refueling Electric current ing static electricity Static and or electronic interference electricity discharge can from cellular phones can poten ignite fuel vapors resulting in tially ignite fuel vapors causing rapid burning If you must re a fire enter the vehicle you should once again eliminate poten tially dangerous static elec tricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehicle away from the fuel filler neck noz zle or other gasoline source S E EE EE AE E EE es EA E AAE See eee eee Features of your vehicle CAUTION Exterior paint Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the Fuel requirements suggested in section 1 If the fuel filler cap requires replace ment use only a genuine Kia cap or the equivalent specified for your vehi cle An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control sys tem Features of your vehicle SUNROOF IF EQUIPPED OAM049018 If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control lever located on the overhead console The sunroof
169. ee tee eeeeeees 4 39 Fuel gauge s sssssssseseessesseseesesseesseseseensensesseneseenseseens 4 40 GAW Gross axle weight sssssssssssesessssseetesteseeneens 5 58 GAWR Gross axle weight rating eee 5 58 GOVE PO E cess ces cessa const ssesscostecsucesvacossbconstsesdnccesys 4 95 GVW Gross vehicle weight s s ssssssssssseseeseeeees 5 58 GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating eeeeeereeeeereeee 5 58 H Hazard warning flasher sssssssssesssesseesseseseeseeneens 4 61 Hazardous driving conditions sssssssseteeseeeees 5 44 Headlamp escort ssssssssssssssesessessesessnessensenessenseneens 4 62 Headrest front esseseeecteteteseseeeesenessnseeseeeereneneeeeseenens 3 6 Headrest rear vessssseeeteeeteteeseeeeeenesenseeeaeaeeneneeneneenees 3 12 Hight adjustment s sssssssssessessessesesseesseseeteseesneneens 3 16 Highway driving eeeeeeeeeertteeeeseeeesessseesssseessseseeesstreeenne 5 48 Hill start assist CONtrO 0 seeceeeescasecssrecsserseacecees 5 33 Hood ereere nE EEE testi E LE E EE E 4 22 a EEE T A T 4 32 How to use this manual eeee eeeereereerseereererrserreeeseeeeresesereee 10 Index Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster 1 7 Indicators and warnings sine eine eaters bean ancients 4 47 Inside rearview Mirror sesicesiteesricesrsccesssrssersiscesssecsscsesses 4 33 Instrument cluster s eeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecee
170. eeeeeeeeesnaeseeseeee en 4 37 Automatic transaxle shift position indicator 4 46 Engine temperature ZAUGe s ses eereeeeerereeeeeeteteeeeteeees 4 39 Fuel gAUgE versererereeeeteeeeeeeeecteteeteceteteetaetaeteeteenaeteeeees 4 40 Instrument panel TUE AITATIOT 88s 8icececewes see sseseeseseseees 4 38 Manual transaxle shift indicator eese eeeeees eee e 4 46 Od OMe ters eere reessione 4 40 Outside temperature veer eeeeeeeeeseeseetse test tetetteteeteeeeeee 4 45 Speedometer EEEIEE PEIE N EAE AOO EIEE ET EE soa 4 38 Tachometer endesi iie canisinin e EEEa 4 38 Trip computer EEEE EEP OVE ELORE nous a Ove SETELI EO cones 4 41 Warning and indicators eeeeeeeeeeeereereerrererrererrereneen 4 47 Instrument panel E a E E E 7 56 Instrument panel il minatiore eere 4 38 Instrument panel OVELVIEW esssssssssssssrsssisstsrsisrs siess is esEsSe 2 3 Interior care sei iseenesesse suss eoki erar EEEn EES Esnes 7 83 Interior features eeccceecceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeneeneeeenee cess ESE FEES 4 97 Ashtray bi eedie Gevee A T E E E ET 4 97 Cargo Teee e E A T 4 102 Cigarette lighter AI E MEEVEE AAA EAEN ANE ENEE 4 97 Clothes hanger PEPES AE NEEESE A E E A AE 4 100 Cup holder eee ieeeeeeeseeetttresett treset trsssste rereset trrssseer ts 4 98 Floor mat anchor s 1sseseseesseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeseeneeenees 4 101 Luggage e ai vevsendcsesdsieweiseudsbeerceessche 4 101 Index Power OUtIELt lt ceceeeceeereeteeeeeeteeteeceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseseeeeeseeeees 4 99
171. eeeeeeseeceaeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseesseeeneeeeees 7 83 Armrest front PE E E teGuacasdeussancaaecasess 3 9 Ashay set on ana AA 4 97 Audio system EIEEE EE IEEE EEE AAEN EE 4 106 Advanced lighting speaker PAE T 4 108 Aux USB and iPod eeeeeeeeerserseerserserseerseeseeseereeeesese 4 108 Roof antenna vveccrecesereereeeeeeteeceeceeseeeeeeseeeseeeeseeeeeees 4 106 Steering wheel audio Control 1 sseeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 107 Automatic climate control SYSTEM sseseerseseseeeeeeseeseeseeesenes 4 82 Air conditioning diss sab EE ANEN AE NE E ELESE 4 89 Automatic heating and air conditioning 4 84 Manual heating and air conditioning veee 4 85 Automatic tranSaxle ceresssseetereeceeeeeeee cece cece eeeeneceee eens eeeenes 5 20 Sports PAG e sistisecnscees E swe ce 5 22 Automatic transaxle shift position indicator eee 4 46 Aux USB and iPod eeeeeeeerereersererrersrreesereerernerseseerensene 4 108 B Base curb weight E E a E A T 5 58 Batterye eeetteeertttteerrteeeesssteeesssteseesseeesssseeesssseeessssteesnerreens 7 38 Battery SAVET FUNCTION H sssecsesicsaccnscccsssssesesssosessnceveesesees 4 62 Before driving Suda des summsediedadseecusdasaacedenedaeedcambededacsaesedeessse 5 3 Bottle holders see cup holders eesndsbessesdsseccsnescrcesessscssesea 4 98 Brake system PEPESE PERE NEES OA A A ATO E E TE 5 25 Anti lock brake system ABS treretters 5 28 Electronic stability control ESC eerren 5 30 Hill start assist control 0
172. eels rs esssereeeeeceeeeeeteeeeeeeeecseceeneeeeeeeseees TAi 8 3 Checking tire inflation pressure e er 7 42 Compact spare tire replacement eetere 7 45 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures 7 41 PAPO SCAT Ess sis Hs canes Sates iesen keneen cans TEESE o cease coe oe oE seatesdcecedes T A Tire Maintenance ie eeseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 46 Tire replacement NERSE VASE OAI EVASE AIAR PELEIA AEN TAANA 7 45 Tire rotation er onnan e aeania none Eroa 7 43 Tire sidewall labeling eeeeeerereerrererrereerereerereerereeres 7 46 Tiretractiom ses ienei iei iena aE i aves een esoe ai 7 46 Wheel alignment and tire balance 1 44 Wheel replacement seeereeereeeeseeeteeeeteeeeeeteetenees 7 46 Towing web suaeecdeeesmeassancesanss denis sims E E 6 27 Towing capacity APE PEEN EENE TAPAT IEEE E OEE EE E PORER 5 54 Transaxle Automatic transaxles essesi ii pascio e 5 20 Manual transaxle se ereresresic recek iresterres conted tisores 5 17 Trip COMPU ET Meee 4 4 V Vehicle break in process ssssssssssesssssessnestsssessesses 1 5 Vehicle capacity weight ss sssssessessessesenesssssesseess 5 53 Vehicle certification label s1csessesecsesssescesesseeseseneens 8 7 Vehicle curb weight ss ssssssessssssessssesenessesssseees 5 58 Vehicle data collection and event data recorders 1 6 Vehicle handling iNstruUncions trette tee 1 5 Vehicle identification number VIN
173. el level warning light on or with the fuel level below E can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter if equipped Fuel cap open warning A indicator ns This warning light indicates the fuel filler cap is not tighten securely Always make sure that the fuel filler cap is tight Malfunction indicator MIL check engine light 1 This indicator light is part of the Engine Control System which moni tors various emission control system components If this light illuminates while driving it indicates that a potential malfunction has been detected somewhere in the emission control system This light will also illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and will go out in a few seconds after the engine is started If it illuminates while driving or does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position take your vehicle to the nearest authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked Generally your vehicle will continue to be drivable but have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer promptly Features of your vehicle A CAUTION MIL illumination e Prolonged driving with the Emission Control System Malfunction Indicator Light illuminated may cause dam age to the emission control systems which could effect drivability and or fuel econo my lf the Emission Control System Malfunction Indicator Light illuminates potential catalytic
174. elted tires of the same size and use the same recommended inflation pressure Mixing of radial ply tires with bias ply or bias belted tires is not recommended Any combina tions of radial ply and bias ply or bias belted tires when used on the same vehicle will seriously deteriorate vehicle handling The best rule to fol low is Identical radial ply tires should always be used as a set of four Maintenance ee Longer wearing tires can be more susceptible to irregular tread wear It is very important to follow the tire rotation interval shown in this section to achieve the tread life potential of these tires Cuts and punctures in radial ply tires are repairable only in the tread area because of sidewall flexing Consult your tire dealer for radial ply tire repairs Maintenance FUSES Blade type gt Normal Blown Cartridge type Normal Blown Multi fuse l l Blown OBK079042 A vehicle s electrical system is pro tected from electrical overload dam age by fuses Normal This vehicle has 2 fuse panels one located in the driver s side panel bol ster the other in the engine compart ment near the battery If any of your vehicle s lights acces sories or controls do not work check the appropriate circuit fuse If a fuse has blown the element inside the fuse will melt If the electrical system does not work first check the drivers side fuse panel Before replacing a blown fuse dis
175. en indicator e With manual transaxle Press the ENGINE START STOP button when the button is in the ACC position without depressing the clutch pedal e With automatic transaxle Press the ENGINE START STOP button while it is in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started Do not leave the ENGINE START STOP button in the ON position without the engine running for an extended time because the battery may discharge START RUN START STOP Not illuminated e With manual transaxle To start the engine depress the clutch pedal and brake pedal then press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the N Neutral position e With automatic transaxle To start the engine depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park or the N Neutral position For your safety start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park position Pio scce neces es So Heke acces ee eos e teen seen eee teeta cena Ste see ee ease eee te eae ease Nee ce aoe cee eet oases eee eee oS eee ase eee ence eee E Driving your vehicle If you press the ENGINE START STOP button without depressing the clutch pedal on man ual transaxle vehicles or without depressing the brake pedal on auto matic transaxle vehicles the engine will not start and the engine start stop button changes as follows OFF gt ACC gt ON
176. enance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered We recommend you have your vehi cle maintained and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer An authorized Kia dealer meets Kia s high service quality standards and receives tech nical support from Kia in order to pro vide you with a high level of service satisfaction Maintenance Owner maintenance precau tions Improper or incomplete service may result in problems This section gives instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform As explained earlier in this section several procedures can be done only by an authorized Kia dealer with spe cial tools NOTICE Improper owner maintenance dur ing the warranty period may affect warranty coverage For details read the separate Warranty amp Consumer Information manual provided with the vehicle If you re unsure about any servicing or maintenance proce dure have it done by an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance a OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be per formed by the owner or an author ized Kia dealer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe dependable operation of your vehi cle Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your deal er as soon as possible These Owner Maintenance Checks are generally not covered by war ranties and you may be charged for labor parts and lubricants used
177. ent inflation signal Air bag deployment depends on a number of factors including vehicle speed angles of impact and the density and stiffness of the vehi cles or objects which your vehicle hits in the collision Though factors are not limited to those mentioned above e The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident It is much more likely that you will simply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision In order to help provide protection in a severe collision the air bags must inflate rapidly The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of the extremely short time in which a collision occurs and the need to get the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle struc tures before the occupant impacts those structures This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life threatening injuries in a severe collision and is thus a nec essary part of air bag design However air bag inflation can also cause injuries which normally can include facial abrasions bruises and broken bones and sometimes more severe injuries because the inflation speed also causes the air bags to expand with a great deal of force e There are even circumstances under which contact with the air bag can cause fatal injuries espe cially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to
178. er oper ates whether your vehicle is run ning or not e The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on What to do in an emergency IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING If the engine stalls at a cross road or crossing If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing set the shift lever in the N Neutral position and then push the vehicle to a safe place If you have a flat tire while driving If a tire goes flat while you are driv ing 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead Do not apply the brakes immedi ately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause a loss of control When the vehicle has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so brake carefully and pull off the road Drive off the road as far as possible and park on a firm level ground If you are on a divided highway do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes 2 When the vehicle is stopped turn on your emergency hazard flash ers set the parking brake and put the transaxle in P Park automatic transaxle or reverse manual transaxle 3 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle Be sure they all get out on the side of the car that is away from traffic 4 When changing a flat tire follow the instruction provided later in this section If the engine stalls while driv ing 1 Reduce your speed gradually keeping a straight line Move ca
179. ere are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expected to provide additional protection These include rear impacts sec ond or third collisions in multiple impact accidents as well as low speed impacts OAM032030N OAM039031 OAM032032 0AM039033 OAM032076N Air bag collision sensors 1 SRS control module 3 Side impact sensors 2 Front impact sensors 4 Side pressure sensor Safety features of your vehicle e Problems may arise if the sensor installation angles are changed due to the deformation of the front bumper body or B pillars or front door where side collision sensors are installed Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer Installing aftermarket bumper guards or replacing a bumper with non genuine parts may adversely affect your vehicle s collision and air bag deployment performance 1VQA2084 Air bag inflation conditions Front air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in a frontal collision depending on the intensity speed or angles of impact of the front collision Safety features of your vehicle J QUN022090 Side impact and or curtain air bags if equipped Side impact and or curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the strength speed or angles of impact resulting from a side impact collision Although the front air bags driver s and front passenger s air bags a
180. es 12 Parking brakes 13 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Every 7 500 miles or 12 months amp Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance a NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 90 000 miles or 72 months Q Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrig erant and performance if equipped U Inspect cooling system Q Inspect drive belt First 60 000 miles or 72 months after every 15 000 miles or 24 months Inspect drive shaft and boots O Inspect fuel filter U Inspect fuel line hoses and connection O Inspect fuel tank air filter U Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Q Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid 3 Brake lines hoses and connections 4 Brake pedal and operation 5 Chassis body nuts and bolts 6 Drum brake and linings if equipped 7 Disc brakes and pads if equipped 8 Exhaust pipe and muffler 9 Front suspension ball joints 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses Continued Continued 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 13 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension m
181. es on the tire label on the dri ver s side of the center pillar or up to the maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall whichever is less Do not drive faster than 75 mph 120 km h when your vehicle is equipped with snow tires Maintenance eae me eee aware Tire chains Tire chains if necessary should be installed on the front wheels Be sure that the chains are installed in accordance with the manufactur er s instructions To minimize tire and chain wear do not continue to use tire chains when they are no longer needed When driving on roads covered with snow or ice drive at less than 20 mph 30 km h Use the SAE S class or wire chains If you hear noise caused by chains contacting the body retighten the chain to avoid contact with the vehicle body To prevent body damage retighten the chains after driving 0 3 0 6 miles 0 5 1 0 km Do not use tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels In unavoidable circumstance use a wire type chain Use wire chains less than 0 59 inches 15 mm to prevent damage to the chain s connection Radial ply tires Radial ply tires provide improved tread life road hazard resistance and smoother high speed ride The radi al ply tires used on this vehicle are of belted construction and are selected to complement the ride and handling characteristics of your vehicle Radial ply tires have the same load carrying capacity as bias ply or bias b
182. eseee reeset 8 7 Vehicle load Timmiitsss ssssssiessccessssesecedbsstcvaceseotsensesevesseseesees 5 53 Cargo Capacity s ttettrrtsr trett teener treet tnnt 5 54 Certification label essscssssessesscsesssesseseseeeeseseeees 5 56 Seating Capacity erette tter ttt ttene trr ttt ttet 5 53 Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit 5 54 Tire and loading information labelen 5 53 Towing Capacity 1 sssssssssessessesssessesseeseseneseeeseseesees 5 54 Vehicle capacity weight ss sssssssseseneseeesessees 5 53 Vehicle stability management setter teretere ttt 5 34 Vehicle weight eeeeeettttrerttetttrteeettttttettsssttrrtteennnsr trette 5 58 Base curb weight sssssessessssssssessseneseeeseesees 5 58 Cargo Weight ssssssssssssseseeesessssssssnssesenesessssaesses 5 58 GAW Gross axle weight 5 58 GAWR Gross axle weight rating 5 58 GVW Gross vehicle weight ereere eeete 5 58 GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating eeen 5 58 Vehicle curb weight s sssssssssssssssssssenesessssensees 5 58 Volume weight s ssssssssseseeesessssssssssssessnasesssasesssesesenasaes 8 3 Index W Warning ANC mdicatoisecci eeit nesenie iein 4 47 Washer fLUid s s eeesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee seen cece eisa Eri PEE SERE NENE EERE 7 32 Weight volume eetteeeretteeerttteeerreeesessseeeessreessssseesssnreeesneee 8 3 Wheel alignment and tire balance eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereesesees 7 44 Wheel replacement ENE AEAEE EEIE EE ANE
183. ever When this is complete the sunroof system has been reset Features of your vehicle STEERING WHEEL Electric power steering EPS The power steering uses a motor to assist you in steering the vehicle If the engine is off or if the power steer ing system becomes inoperative the vehicle may still be steered but it will require increased steering effort The motor driven power steering is controlled by a power steering con trol unit which senses the steering wheel torque and vehicle speed to command the motor The steering becomes heavier as the vehicle s speed increases and becomes lighter as the vehicle s speed decreases for optimum steer ing control Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation have the power steering checked by an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE The following symptoms may occur during normal vehicle operation e The steering effort is high immedi ately after turning the ignition switch on This happens as the sys tem performs the EPS system diagnostics When the diagnostics is completed the steering wheel will return to its normal condition A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after the ignition switch is turned to the ON or LOCK position Motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving speed The steering effort increases if the steering wheel is rotated continu ously when the vehicle is not
184. ewall cannot be sealed completely Air pressure loss in the tire may adversely affect tire performance For this reason you should avoid abrupt steering or other driving maneuvers especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed or intended as a permanent tire repair method and is to be used for one tire only This instruction shows you step by step how to temporarily seal the puncture simply and reliably Read the section Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit e Park your car at the side of the road so that you can work with the Tire Mobility Kit away from moving traffic To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you re on fairly level ground always set your park ing brake Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for sealing inflation passenger car tires Only punctured areas located within the tread region of the tire can be sealed using the tire mobil ity kit Do not use on motorcycles bicy cles or any other type of tires When the tire and wheel are dam aged do not use Tire Mobility Kit for your safety Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not be effective for tire damage larger than approximately 0 24 in 6 mm Please contact the nearest Kia dealership if the tire cannot be made roadworthy with the Tire Mobility Kit Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a tire is severely damaged
185. f this message is displayed it means that the antenna is covered and that the SIRIUS Satellite Radio signal is not available Ensure the antenna is uncovered and has a clear view of the sky Features of your vehicle BLUETOOTH WIRELESS TECH NOLOGY PHONE OPERATION Do not use a cellular phone or per form Bluetooth wireless technolo gy settings e g pairing a phone while driving Some Bluetooth wireless technol ogy enabled phones may not be recognized by the system or fully compatible with the system Before using Bluetooth wireless technology related features of the audio system refer your phone s Users Manual for phone side Bluetooth wireless technology operations The phone must be paired to the audio system to use Bluetooth wireless technologyrelated fea tures You will not be able to use the hands free feature when your phone in the car is outside of the cellular service area e g in a tun nel in a underground in a moun tainous area etc If the cellular phone signal is poor or the vehicles interior noise is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call Do not place the phone near or inside metallic objects otherwise communications with Bluetooth wireless technology system or cel lular service stations can be dis turbed While a phone is connected through Bluetooth wireless tech nology your phone may discharge quicker than usual for additio
186. few simple precau tions for the first 600 miles 1 000 km you may add to the perform ance economy and life of your vehi cle e Do not race the engine While driving keep your engine speed rpm or revolutions per minute between 2 000 rpm and 4 000 rpm Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time either fast or slow Varying engine speed is needed to properly break in the engine Avoid hard stops except in emer gencies to allow the brakes to seat properly Don t let the engine idle longer than 3 minutes at one time Don t tow a trailer during the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of opera tion Introduction I VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety sys tems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was travel ing Thes
187. ff Have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer if 4 The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds W7 147 The light comes on while the vehi cle is in motion Alr Dag warning light i The light blinks when the ignition The purpose of the air bag warning switch is in ON position light in your instrument panel is to alert you of a potential problem with your air bag Supplemental Restraint System SRS JiosccSaeses es Soc ek eee ee ee ease teen asec eet eee te eee Ste see ee eae eee sete eae ease ee nee ce aoe cee E oS Meee ase eee sac eee ee see Se aoe Safety features of your vehicle OAM032160N SRS components and functions The SRS consists of the following components Driver s front air bag module 2 Passenger s front air bag module 3 Side impact air bag modules 4 5 _ Curtain air bag modules Retractor pre tensioner assem blies Air bag warning light SRS control module SRSCM Front impact sensors Side impact sensors OND 10 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator Front passenger s seat only 11 Occupant detection system Front passenger s seat only 12 Driver s and front passenger s seat belt buckle sensors 13 Anchor pretensioner assembly 14 Side pressure sensor The SRSCM continually monitors all SRS components while the ignition switch is ON to determine if a cra
188. fforded to the wearer Care should be taken to avoid con tamination of the webbing with pol ishes oils and chemicals and partic ularly battery acid Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed contaminated or damaged e For maximum restraint system pro tection the seat belts must always be used whenever the vehicle is moving A properly positioned shoulder belt should be positioned midway over your shoulder across your collarbone e Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat See child restraint system section for further discussion A WARNING Shoulder belt Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back An improperly positioned shoulder belt cannot protect the occupant in a crash A WARNING Twisted seat belt Make sure your seat belt is not twisted when worn A twisted seat belt may not properly pro tect you in an accident and could even cut into your body A WARNING Damaged seat belt Replace the entire seat belt assembly if any part of the web bing or hardware is damage as you can no longer be sure that a damage seat belt will provide protection in a crash A WARNING Seat belt buckle Do not allow foreign maierial gum crumbs coins etc to obsiruct the seat belt buckle This may prevent the seat belt from fastening securely Safety features of your
189. for more than 1 second when the tripmeter is being displayed clears the tripmeter to zero 0 0 E Type A OAM042112N E Type B OAM042272N Distance to empty mi This mode indicates the estimated distance to empty based on the cur rent fuel in the fuel tank and the amount of fuel delivered to the engine When the remaining distance is below 30 miles will be dis played and the distance to empty indicator will blink The meter s working range is from 30 to 1500 miles e If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupted the Distance to empty function may not operate correctly The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 6 liters 1 6 gallons of fuel are added to the vehicle The fuel consumption and distance to empty values may vary signifi cantly based on driving conditions driving habits and condition of the vehicle The distance to empty value is an estimate of the available driving distance This value may differ from the actual driving distance avail able Features of your vehicle E Type A OAM042114N E Type B Average 16 4mpc OAM042274N Average fuel consumption MPG This mode calculates the average fuel consumption from the total fuel used and the distance since the last average consumption reset The total fuel used is calculated from the fuel consumption input For an accurate calculation
190. frosters E Type A E Type B A OAM042315 Defrost mode A D Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters Features of your vehicle OAM042059 Instrument panel vents The outlet port can be opened or closed separately using the thumb wheel Also you can adjust the direction of air delivered from these vents using the vent control lever as shown E Type B 4 a OAM042316 i Temperature control The temperature will increase to the maximum HI by pushing the button A The temperature will decrease to the minimum Lo by pushing the button V When turning the knob the tempera ture will increase or decrease by 0 5 C 1 F When set to the lowest temperature setting the air condi tioning will operate continuously Temperature scale conversion If the battery has been discharged or disconnected the temperature mode display will reset to Centigrade This is normal condition You can switch the temperature scale as fol lows While pressing the AUTO button press the OFF button for 3 seconds or more The temperature scale will change from Centigrade to Fahrenheit or from Fahrenheit to Centigrade Features of your vehicle OAM042317 Air intake control This is used to select outside fresh air position or recirculated air posi tion To change the air intake control posi tion push the control butt
191. ft lever to the P Park posi tion If the traffic and road conditions permit you may put the shift lever in the N Neutral position while the vehicle is still moving and press the ENGINE START STOP button in an attempt to restart the engine OAM052020 e If the battery is week or the smart key does not work correctly you can start the engine by inserting the smart key in the smart key holder When you pull out the smart key from the smart key holder press the smart key and pull it out io sceSaeses ns oes ee cee cease eee nese eee eet eee te cena AE eee ee ete eae Sea tee enema ce ae cee E oS Meee e nsec eee nce eee coca eee eee e Driving your vehicle When the stop lamp fuse is blown you can t start the engine normally Replace the fuse with a new one If it is not possible you can start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button for 10 sec onds while it is in the ACC posi tion The engine can start without depressing the brake pedal But for your safety always depress the brake pedal before starting the engine Do not press the ENGINE START STOP button for more than 10 sec onds except when the stop lamp fuse is blown Driving your vehicle ISG IDLE STOP AND GO SYSTEM IF desl ae Your vehicle may be equipped with the ISG system which reduces fuel consumption by automatically shut ting down the engine when the vehi cle is at a standstill For example red light stop sign and traffic jam
192. ge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank CAUTION Low fuel Avoid driving with extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging catalytic con verter E Type A OAM042110N E Type B 000000 mi OAM042270N ODO Odometer km or mi The odometer indicates the total dis tance the vehicle has been driven You will also find the odometer useful to determine when periodic mainte nance should be performed Features of your vehicle 0AM042035 Trip computer if equipped The trip computer is a microcomput er controlled driver information sys tem that displays information related to driving on the display when the ignition switch is in the ON position All stored driving information except distance to empty is reset if the bat tery is disconnected Trip A y Trip B y Distance to empty y Average fuel consumption y Instant fuel consumption E Type A OAM042111N y Elapsed time ECO ON OFF if equipped E Type B TRIP A 123 6mi OAM042271N Tripmeter km or mi This mode indicates the distance of individual trips selected since the last tripmeter reset The meter s working range is from 0 0 to 999 9 miles Features of your vehicle Pressing the TRIP button
193. gging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed sta tus Features of your vehicle STORAGE COMPARTMENT These compartments can be used to store small items e To avoid possible theft do not leave valuables in the storage compartment e Always keep the storage compart ment covers closed while driving Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage compartment that the storage compartment cover cannot close securely OAM049069 Center console storage These compartments can be used to store small items required by the driver or front passenger OAM049070 Glove box To open the glove box pull the han dle and the glove box will automati cally open Close the glove box after use Always keep the glove box closed while the vehicle is in operation io scceaeses es oem eee e eee ease teen eseeee Reet eee cena Stee eee ease eee eee eae ease ee nee ce ae cee E ee oS Meee asec eee aca eee ee Smee aoe Features of your vehicle aa os y i OAM042071 Multi box if equipped Luggage box if equipped To open the box pull the lever and You can place a first aid kit a reflec the cover will open tor triangle tools etc in the box for Push down the cover to close easy access Features of your vehicle INTERIOR FEATURES OAM042076 Cigarette lighter if equipped For the cigarette lighter to work the ignition switch must be in the ACC or ON position To use the cigarette l
194. gine is running the glare is automatically controlled by the sensor mounted in the rearview mirror Whenever the shift lever is shifted into reverse R the mirror will auto matically go to the brightest setting in order to improve the drivers view behind the vehicle CAUTION Cleaning mirror When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror It may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing Features of your vehicle Indicator Sensor OAM042349L To operate the electric rearview mir ror The mirror defaults to the ON posi tion whenever the ignition switch is turned on e Press the ON OFF button 1 to turn the automatic dimming func tion off The mirror indicator light will turn off Press the ON OFF button 1 to turn the automatic dimming func tion on The mirror indicator light will illuminate Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust the mirror angles before driving Your vehicle is equipped with both left hand and right hand outside rearview mirrors The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch The mirror heads can be fold ed back to prevent damage during an automatic car wash or when passing through a narrow street The right outside rearview mirror is convex Objects seen in the mirror are closer than they appear e Use your interior rearview mirror or
195. gt OFF If you leave the ENGINE START STOP button in the ACC or ON posi tion for a long time the battery will discharge Starting the engine 1 Carry the smart key or leave it inside the vehicle 2 Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied 3 Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N Neutral position 4 Press the ENGINE START STOP button 5 In extremely cold weather below 0 F 18 C or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days let the engine warm up without depressing the accelerator Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without depress ing the accelerator Driving your vehicle Even if the smart key is in the vehi cle if it is far away from you the engine may not start When the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC position or above if any door is opened the system checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in the vehicle the 6tt indicator will blink or the warning Key is not in vehicle will illuminate on the LCD display And if all doors are closed the chime will sound for 5 seconds The indi cator or warning will turn off while the vehicle is moving Always have the smart key with you The engine will start only when the smart key is in the vehicle If the engine stalls while the vehicle is in motion do not attempt to move the shi
196. h recirculated 5 Front window defroster button 6 Rear window defroster button 7 Air conditioning button OAM042057 Features of your vehicle Heating and air conditioning 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired posi tion For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling Heating sa Cooling 34 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position Set the fan speed control to the desired speed If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on o o gt OAM042061 Features of your vehicle OAM042058L Mode selection The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system Air can be directed to the floor dash board outlets or windshield Five symbols are used to represent Vent mode B D Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Vent Floor mode B D C E Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor Floor mode C E A D Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters Floor Defrost mode A C E D Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the
197. he LCD dis play for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should depress the brake pedal to start the engine fio scceaeses es oak EE EE eee Reet eee a cena AE EE eee Neate aoe cee E a oo eee see eee ence ene ee enemas eee Features of your vehicle Press clutch pedal to start engine if equipped If the ENGINE START STOP button turns to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly with out depressing the clutch pedal the warning illuminates on the LCD dis play for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should depress the clutch pedal to start the engine Shift to P position If you try to turn off the engine with out the shift lever in the P Park position the ENGINE START STOP button will turn to the ACC position If the button is pressed once more it will turn to the ON position The warning illuminates on the LCD dis play for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park position to turn off the engine Also the warning chime sounds for about 10 seconds if equipped Remove key When you turn off the engine with the smart key in the smart key hold er the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds Also the smart key holder light blinks for about 10 seconds To remove the smart key push the smart key once and pull it out from the smart key holder Insert key If you press the ENGINE START STOP button
198. he current channel belongs to In the Category List Mode press these buttons to navigate category list Press Button to select the lowest channel in highlighted cate gory If channel is selected by selecting category CATEGORY Icon is dis played at the top of the screen SCAN MUTE BRA 7 INFO SETUP ENTER UDIO PUSH gt 3 5 6 6J SCAN MUTE roibeR 5 PRESET Buttons Press GD GEG buttons less than 0 8 seconds to play the chan nel saved in each button Press SEED B buttons for 0 8 seconds or longer to save cur rent channel to the respective but ton with a beep 6 Knob amp Button e Rotate clockwise to increase the channel number or to scroll down the category list Rotate counterclockwise to decrease the channel number or to scroll up the category list e Press this to make selection of channels or items 7 Die Button Displays the information of the cur rent channel as below when the but ton is pressed each time e When default display is CAT Category CH Channel Artist Title Composer if avail able Category Channel e When default display is ART Artist TITLE Title Category Channel Composer if available Artist Title Troubleshooting 1 Antenna Error If this message is displayed the antenna or antenna cable is bro ken or unplugged Please consult with your Kia dealership 2 Acquiring Signal I
199. he highest speed A WARNING California proposition 65 Engine exhaust and a wide vari ety of automobile components and parts including compo nents found in the interior fur nishings in a vehicle contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause can cer and birth defects and repro ductive harm In addition cer tain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of compo nent wear contain or emit chem icals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproduc tive harm Driving your vehicle BEFORE DRIVING Before entering vehicle Be sure that all windows outside mirror s and outside lights are clean Check the condition of the tires Check under the vehicle for any sign of leaks Be sure there are no obstacles behind you if you intend to back up Necessary inspections Fluid levels such as engine oil engine coolant brake fluid and washer fluid should be checked on a regular basis with the exact interval depending on the fluid Further details are provided in section 7 Maintenance Before starting Close and lock all doors Position the seat so that all con trols are easily reached Buckle your seat belt Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors Be sure that all lights work Check all gauges Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Release the pa
200. hicle light bulbs because other parts of the vehicle must be removed before you can get to the bulb This is especially true if you have to remove the headlight assembly to get to the bulb s Removing installing the headlight assembly can result in damage to the vehicle OAMO72029 Headlight position light turn signal light side marker light and front fog light bulb replacement 1 Headlight High 2 3 4 5 Headlight Low Front side marker light Front turn signal Position light Front fog light if equipped YS a PHS wa If the headlight aiming adjustment is necessary after the headlight assembly is reinstalled consult an authorized Kia dealer fie scceaeses es So eke eee eee ease teense eee teeta eee Stee eee eae eee ete eae ea See nee ce aoe cee E A Meee a eee eee aca eee em eS aee mec eee Maintenance G270A030 e Always handle them carefully and avoid scratches and abrasions If the bulbs are lit avoid contact with liquids Never touch the glass with bare hands Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlight If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it Wear eye protection when chang ing a bulb Allow the bulb to cool down before handling it Pa OAMO72048N 1 Turn off the engine and open the hood Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Disconnect
201. hile depressing the brake pedal The engine will start and the green AUTO STOP indicator A on the instrument cluster will go out The engine will also restart auto matically without the driver s any actions if the following occurs When a certain amount of time has passed with the climate control sys tem on When the front defroster is on The brake vaccum pressure is low The battery charging status is low The vehicle speed exceeds 1 MPH 1 km h The fan speed is in the highest position when the air conditioning is on Engine is turned off by Auto Stop for a long time If you unfasten the seat belt or open the driver s door while depressing the brake pedal The green AUTO STOP indicator A on the instrument cluster will blink for 5 seconds and a message Auto Start will appear on the LCD display if equipped Driving your vehicle Condition of ISG system oper ation The ISG system will operate under the following condition The drivers seat belt is fastened The driver s door and engine hood are closed The brake vaccum pressure is ade quate The battery is sufficiently charged The outside temperature is more than 28 4 F 2 C The outside temperature is under 89 6 F 32 C The engine coolant temperature is not low Auto Stop Deactivated OAM052055N If the ISG system does not meet the operation condition the ISG system is
202. hooks Do not use the hooks under the rear of the vehicle for towing purposes These hooks are designed ONLY for transport tie down If the tie down hooks are used for towing the tie down hooks or rear bumper will be damaged Se a EE E a a neta ete ae ee E ts Engine compartment 7 2 Maintenance services 7 4 Owner maintenance 7 6 Scheduled maintenance service 7 8 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 22 Engine oil 7 26 Engine coolant 7 28 Brake clutch fluid 7 31 Washer fluid 7 32 Parking brake 7 33 Air cleaner 7 34 Wiper blades 7 35 Battery 7 38 Tires and wheels 7 41 Fuses 7 55 Light bulbs 7 67 Appearance care 7 78 Emission control system 7 84 California perchlorate notice 7 88 Maintenance Ls ENGINE COMPARTMENT m 1 6L 1 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 2 Engine oil filler cap 3 Engine oil dipstick 4 Engine coolant reservoir 5 Radiator cap 6 Brake fluid reservoir 7 Positive battery terminal 8 Negative battery terminal 9 Fuse box 10 Air cleaner if equipped The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OAM012003 Maintenance I O E 2 0L 1 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 2 Engine oil filler cap 3 Engine oil dipstick 4 Engine coolant reservoir 5 Radiator cap 6 Brake fluid reservoir 7 Positive battery terminal 8 Negative battery terminal 9 Fuse box 10 Air
203. hose and fuel filler cap Q Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid 3 Brake lines hoses and connections 4 Brake pedal and operation 5 Chassis body nuts and bolts 6 Drum brake and linings if equipped 7 Disc brakes and pads if equipped 8 Exhaust pipe and muffler 9 Front suspension ball joints 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges Continued Continued 12 Parking brakes 13 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts Q Replace air cleaner filter Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Every 7 500 miles or 12 months K Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance Re sy NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 45 000 miles or 36 months Continued Inspect air cleaner filter Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrig Replace engine oil and filter erant and performance if equipped Every 7 500 miles or 12 months U Inspect cooling system O Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Inspect drive shaft and boots Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Q Inspe
204. ia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations All information contained in this Owner s Manual is accurate at the time of publication However Kia reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can be carried out This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes descrip tions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment As a result you may encounter material in this manual that is not applica ble to your specific Kia vehicle Drive safely and enjoy your Kia FOREWORD I Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle When you require service remember that your Kia Dealer knows your vehicle best Your dealer has factory trained tech nicians recommended special tools genuine Kia replacement parts and is dedicated to your complete satisfaction Because subsequent owners require this important information as well this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is sold This manual will familiarize you with operational mainte nance and safety information about your new vehicle It is sup plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual that provides important information on all warranties regarding your vehicle We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation of your new vehicle Kia offers a great v
205. iameter is smaller than the diameter of a con ventional tire and reduces the ground clearance approximately 1 inch 25 mm which could result in damage to the vehicle What to do in an emergency Do not take this vehicle through an automatic car wash while the com pact spare tire is installed Do not use tire chains on the com pact spare tire Because of the smaller size a tire chain will not fit properly This could damage the vehicle and result in loss of the chain Do not use the compact spare tire on any other vehicle because this tire has been designed especially for your vehicle The compact spare tire s tread life is shorter than a regular tire Inspect your compact spare tire regularly and replace worn com pact spare tires with the same size and design mounted on the same wheel e The compact spare tire should not be used on any other wheels nor should standard tires snow tires wheel covers or trim rings be used with the compact spare wheel If such use is attempted damage to these items or other car compo nents may occur Do not use more than one compact spare tire at a time Do not tow a trailer while the com pact spare tire is installed What to do in an emergency OAMO060013L For safe operation carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual before use 1 Compressor 2 Sealant bottle The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary fix to the tire and the tire should be inspe
206. ic Serial Number ready To retrieve the SID ESN turn on the radio press the SAT button and tune to channel zero Please note that the vehicle will need to be turned on in Sirius mode and have an unobstructed view of the sky in order for the radio to receive the activation signal 1 Button SIRIUS Satellite Radio Press the button to switch to SIRIUS Satellite Radio It cycles through the different bands as noted below SAT1 SAT2 SAT3 SAT1 2 E3 Button CHANNEL e Press button for less than 0 8 seconds to select previ ous or next channel Press button for 0 8 sec onds or longer to continuously move to previous or next channel If CATEGORY Icon is displayed at the top of the screen channel up down is done through the chan nels within current category Features of your vehicle 3 Button e When the button is pressed it automatically scans the radio stations upwards The SCAN feature steps through every channel starting from the initial channel for ten seconds Press the button again to stop the scan feature and to listen to the currently selected channel If CATEGORY Icon is displayed at the top of the screen channel changing is done through the channels within current category Features of your vehicle CAT Y FOLDER 4 4 Button CATEGORY e Press button to enter the Category List Mode The dis play will indicate the category items highlight the category that t
207. ide assistance providers Should you accidentally run out of fuel require a battery jump or need help changing a tire a Kia Roadside Assistance Representative will dispatch some one to deliver a small quantity of gas change a flat tire with your inflated spare or arrange a battery jump to allow you to proceed to your destination We have access to a network of over 10 000 locksmiths to help you should you become locked out of your Kia In the event that mechanical difficulty renders your vehi cle undriveable due to a warranty related concern Kia s Roadside Assistance Representative will arrange to transport your vehicle to the nearest Kia dealer or to an alternative service location Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects Your vehicle must be accessible to our dispatch transport vehicle as determined by our driver to receive this serv ice In the event that Kia does not have a dealer or an alternative service location available in a particular loca tion Kia will work with a reputable local service facility to ensure that you receive prompt service Warranty repairs are performed at no cost NOTICE Roadside Assistance benefits are not available for any Kia vehicle that has ever been or should be issued a sal vage title or similar branded title under any state s law or has been declared a total loss or equivalent by a financial institution or insurance company Trip interrup
208. ighter push it all the way into its socket When the ele ment is heated the lighter will pop out to the ready position If it is necessary to replace the ciga rette lighter use only a genuine Kia replacement or its approved equiva lent e Do not hold the lighter in after it is already heated because it will overheat If the lighter does not pop out with in 30 seconds remove it to prevent overheating CAUTION Cigarette lighter Do not insert accessories into the cigarette lighter socket Doing so can damage the lighter socket OAM049077 Ashtray if equipped To use the ashtray open the cover To clean or empty the ashtray pull it out Do not use the vehicle s ashtrays as waste receptacles io scceaeses es So eke cee eee ease teense eee Reet eee te cena Ste see ee eee eee te eae ease nee ce aoe cee E a oS Seen e eee cee eee ee eae eee Features of your vehicle Cup holder OAM049078 Cups or small beverage cans maybe Sunvisor placed im ine CUp Polders Use the sunvisor to shield direct light through the front or side windows To use the sunvisor pull it down ward To use the sunvisor for the side win dow pull it downward unsnap it from the bracket 1 and swing it to the side 2 Adjust the sunvisor extension for ward or backward 3 if equipped To use the vanity mirror pull down the visor and pull up the mirror cover Features of your vehicle Front Type A
209. imum Speed Symbol S 112 mph 180 km h T 118 mph 190 km h H 130 mph 210 km h V 149 mph 240 km h Z Above 149 mph 240 km h Maintenance mm 3 Checking tire life TIN Tire Identification Number Any tires that are over 6 years old based on the manufacturing date including the spare tire should be replaced by new ones You can find the manufacturing date on the tire sidewall possibly on the inside of the wheel displaying the DOT Code The DOT Code is a series of num bers on a tire consisting of numbers and English letters The manufactur ing date is designated by the last four digits characters of the DOT code DOT XXXX XXXX OOOO The front part of the DOT means a plant code number tire size and tread pattern and the last four num bers indicate week and year manu factured For example DOT XXXX XXXX 1609 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th week of 2009 4 Tire ply composition and mate rial The number of layers or plies of rub ber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others The letter R means radial ply con struction the letter D means diago nal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply con struction 5 Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the
210. in motion However after a few min utes it will return to its normal conditions When you operate the steering wheel in low temperature abnor mal noise could occur If tempera ture rises the noise will disappear This is a normal condition Continued Continued e When the vehicle is stationary if you turn the steering wheel all the way to the left or right continuous ly the steering wheel becomes heavier from the end But this is for your safety not system mal function As time passes the steer ing wheel return to its normal con dition If the Electric Power Steering System does not operate normally the warn ing light will illuminate on the instru ment cluster The steering wheel may become difficult to control or operate abnormally Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the vehicle checked as soon as possible Features of your vehicle Tilt steering Tilt steering allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive You can also raise the steering wheel to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle The steering wheel should be posi tioned so that it is comfortable for you to drive while permitting you to see the instrument panel warning lights and gauges E OAM049021L To change the steering wheel angle pull down the lock release lever 1 adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle 2 then pull up the lock release lever to lock the steer
211. in an emergency CAUTION Tire pressure sensor When you use the Tire Mobility Kit including sealant not approved by Kia the tire pres sure sensors may be damaged by sealant The sealant on the tire pressure sensor and wheel should be removed when you replace the tire with a new one and inspect the tire pressure sensors in authorized dealer Technical Data System voltage DC 12 V Working voltage DC 10 15 V Amperage rating max 15 A Suitable for use at temperatures 22 158 F 30 70 C Max working pressure 87 psi 6 bar Size Compressor 6 6 x 5 9 x 2 7 in 168 x 150 x 68 mm Sealant bottle 4 1 x 3 3 in 104 x 85 mm Compressor weight 2 31 Ibs 1 05 kg Sealant volume 18 3 cu in 300 ml What to do in an emergency TOWING For trailer towing guidelines informa tion refer to Trailer towing in sec tion 5 It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground without dollies and the front wheels off the ground If any of the loaded wheels or sus pension components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground use a towing dolly under the front wheels When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used the front of the vehicle should always be lifted not the rear OPA067015 OPA067016 Towing service If emergency towing is necessary CAUTION Towing we recommend having it done by a
212. in frontal crash es below the deployment threshold Rear impact The side impact air bags are designed to deploy only during cer tain side impact collisions depend ing on the crash severity angle speed and point of impact The side air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations A WARNING Unexpected deployment Avoid impact to the side impact airbag sensor when the ignition switch is ON to prevent unex pected deployment of the side impact air bag The side impact air bag is supple mental to the driver s and the pas senger s seat belt systems and is not SURE a substitute for them Therefore your a seat belts must be worn at all times Side impact air ba while the vehicle is in operation Your vehicle is equipped with a side For best protection from the side air impact air bag in each frontseat The bag system and to avoid being purpose of the air bag is to provide injured by the deploying side air bag the vehicle s driver and or the front both front seat occupants should sit passenger with additional protection in an upright position with the seat than that offered by the seat belt belt properly fastened alone io sccSaeses ns oes eee asec ease eee a Reet eee te eee Steen eae ae SR eee eee ae e ase Neate occa ee a aes ce a ae oe ae a E sca eee en seen eee ae aeee Safety features of your vehicle The driver s hands should be placed on the steering wheel at the 9 00 and 3 0
213. in process 1 5 Vehicle data collection and event data recorders 1 6 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster 1 7 Introduction I HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehicle Your Owners Manual can assist you in many ways We strong ly recommend that you read the entire manual In order to minimize the chance of death or injury you must read the WARNING and CAU TION sections in the manual Illustrations complement the words in this manual to best explain how to enjoy your vehicle By reading your manual you will learn about fea tures important safety information and driving tips under various road conditions The general layout of the manual is provided in the Table of Contents Use the index when looking for a specific area or subject it has an alphabetical listing of all information in your manual Sections This manual has eight sec tions plus an index Each section begins with a brief list of contents so you can tell at a glance if that section has the information you want You will find various types of safety instructions in this manual These instructions were prepared to enhance your personal safety Carefully read and follow ALL proce dures and recommendations provid ed in these instructions CAUTION Possible vehicle damage A CAUTION indicates a situation in which damage to your vehicle could result if the c
214. increase the TREBLE rotate the knob clockwise while to decrease the TREBLE rotate the knob coun terclockwise FADER Control Turn the control knob clockwise to emphasize rear speaker sound front speaker sound will be attenuated When the control knob is turned counterclockwise front speaker sound will be emphasized rear speaker sound will be attenuated BALANCE Control Rotate the knob clockwise to empha size right speaker sound left speak er sound will be attenuated When the control knob is turned counter clockwise left speaker sound will be emphasized right speaker sound will be attenuated Features of your vehicle SIRIUSA MP3 Obl 3 4 SCAN MUTE 5 Using CD Player 1 CD Eject Button e Press WEW button to eject the CD This button works regardless of ignition switch status 2 Button CD If the CD is loaded turns to CD mode If no CD it displays No Media for 3 seconds and returns to the previous mode 3 Button RANDOM Press this button for less than 0 8 seconds to activate RDM mode and more than 0 8 seconds to activate ALL RDM mode e RDM Only files tracks in a fold er disc are played back in a ran dom sequence e ALL RDM MP3 WMA Only All files in a disc are played back in the random sequence 4 HEEB Button REPEAT Press this button for less than 0 8 seconds to activate RPT mode and more than 0 8 seconds to activate FLD RPT mode
215. ing wheel in place Be sure to adjust the steering wheel to the desired posi tion before driving OAM049022 Horn To sound the horn press the horn symbol on your steering wheel Check the horn regularly to be sure it operates properly To sound the horn press the area indicated by the horn symbol on your steering wheel see illustration The horn will operate only when this area is pressed Features of your vehicle MIRRORS Inside rearview mirror Adjust the rearview mirror so that the center view through the rear window is seen Make this adjustment before you start driving Do not place objects in the rear seat or cargo area which would interfere with your vision through the rear win dow OAM049023 Day night rearview mirror if equipped Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day night lever is in the day position Pull the day night lever toward you to reduce the glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driving Remember that you lose some rearview Clarity in the night position Electric chromic mirror ECM if equipped The electric rearview mirror automat ically controls the glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you in nighttime or low light driving condi tions The sensor mounted in the mir ror senses the light level around the vehicle and automatically controls the headlight glare from the vehicles behind you When the en
216. ing of a seatback Sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while still maintaining comfortable control of your vehicle A dis tance of at least 10 from your chest to the steering wheel is recommended Failure to do so can result in airbag infla tion injuries to the driver Safety features of your vehicle OAM039002 Front seat adjustment manual Forward and rearward To move the seat forward or rear ward 1 Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up and hold it 2 Slide the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place Adjust the seat before driving and make sure the seat is locked secure ly by trying to move forward and rear ward without using the lever If the seat moves it is not locked properly Safety features of your vehicle OAM039003 d OAM039004 Seatback angle Seat height for driver s seat To recline the seatback if equipped 1 Lean forward slightly and lift up the To change the height of the seat seatback recline lever push the lever upwards or down 2 Carefully lean back on the seat Wards and adjust the seatback of the To lower the seat cushion push seat to the position you desire down the lever several times 3 Release the lever and make sure To raise the seat cushion pull up the seatback is locked in place the lever several times The lever MUST return to its orig inal posi
217. io Please note that if you try to play copy protected CDs and the CD player does not perform correctly the CDs maybe defective not the CD player Features of your vehicle m AC1A0CSAN m AC170CSAN SIRIUSA MP3 OBwetooth SETUP ENTER AUDIO PUSH y 5 6 SCAN MUTE YFdiber SCAN MUTE Yfdider m AC110CSAN m AC100CSAN SETUP USM ENTER AU 5 SCAN MUTE Y FOLDER A SCAN MUTE Y FOLDER TUNE TUNE Features of your vehicle FM AM SAT CD AUX CD AUX POWER PUSH N Using RADIO SETUP VOLUME and AUDIO CONTROL 1 Button The FM AM button toggles between FM and AM Listed below are the paths as the system switches from FM to AM and back to FM e FM AM FM1 FM2 AM FM1 GG Button Turns to FM mode and toggles FMiand FM2 when the button is pressed each time ETB Button Pressing the button selects the AM band AM Mode is displayed on the LCD 2 QUEI Button amp Knob Turns the audio system on off when the ignition switch is on ACC or ON If the knob is turned clockwise counterclockwise the volume will increase decrease 3 E78 Button e When the is pressed it will automatically tune to the next lower station When the is pressed it will automatically tune to the next higher station 4 Button e When the button is pressed it automatically scans the radio sta tions upwards e The SCAN feature steps through each station starting from the ini
218. ir doctors The lap portion of the belt should be worn AS SNUGLY AND LOW AS POSSIBLE on the hips not a cross the abdomen Safety features of your vehicle Injured person A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported When this is necessary you should consult a physician for recommenda tions One person per belt Two people including children should never attempt to use a single seat belt This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an acci dent Do not lie down To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve maximum effectiveness of the restraint system all passengers should be sitting up and the front and rear seats should be in an upright position when the vehicle is moving A seat belt cannot provide proper protection if the person is lying down in the rear seat or if the front and rear seats are in a reclined position Care of seat belts Seat belt systems should never be disassembled or modified In addi tion care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges doors or other abuse Periodic inspection All seat belts should be inspected periodically for wear or damage of any kind Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should be kept clean and dry If belts become dirty they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solu tion and w
219. irst or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the parking brake Do not hold the vehicle on the upgrade with the accelerator pedal This can cause the transaxle to overheat Always use the brake pedal or parking brake Driving your vehicle CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED The cruise control system allows you to program the vehicle to maintain a constant speed without pressing the accelerator pedal This system is designed to function above approximately 25 mph 40 km h e If the cruise control is left on CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminated the cruise control can be switched on accidentally Keep the cruise con trol system off CRUISE indicator light OFF when the cruise control is not in use to avoid inadvertently setting a speed Use the cruise control system only when traveling on open highways in good weather Do not use the cruise control when driving in heavy or varying traffic or on slippery rainy icy or snow covered or winding roads or over 6 up hill or down hill roads NOTICE During normal cruise control opera tion when the SET switch is activat ed or reactivated after applying the brakes the cruise control will ener gize after approximately 3 seconds The delay is normal NOTICE To activate cruise control depress the brake pedal at least once after turning the ignition switch to the ON
220. is illuminated when the cruise control ON OFF switch on the steer ing wheel is pushed The indicator goes off when the cruise control ON OFF switch is pushed again For more information about the use of cruise control refer to Cruise control system in section 5 Cruise SET indicator SET The indicator illuminates when the cruise function switch SET or RES is ON The cruise SET indicator in the instrument cluster is illuminated when the cruise control switch SET or RES is pushed The cruise SET indicator does not illuminate when the cruise control switch CANCEL is pushed or the system is disengaged KEY OUT indicator if equipped KEY OUT When the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC or ON position if any door is open the system checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in the vehicle the indicator will blink and if all doors are closed the chime will also sound for about 5 seconds The indicator will go off while the vehicle is moving Keep the smart key in the vehicle or insert it in the smart key holder This indicator light comes on after the ignition key is turned to the ON position and then it will go out This light also comes on when the EPS has some problems If it comes on while driving have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer EPS Electronic Power Steering system warn ing light Features of your vehicle Key reminder warning chime if
221. is not working correctly contact an author ized Kia dealer An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation CAUTION Smart key damage Do not drop wet or expose the smart key to heat or sunlight Features of your vehicle DOOR LOCKS OCM040007 Operating door locks from outside the vehicle e Turn the key toward the front of the vehicle to unlock and toward the rear of the vehicle to lock e If you lock the driver s door with a key all vehicle doors will lock auto matically e From the driver s door turn the key to the left once to unlock the door and once more within 4 seconds to unlock all doors Doors can also be locked and unlocked with the transmitter Once the doors are unlocked they may be opened by pulling the door handle When closing the door push the door by hand Make sure the doors are closed securely NOTICE e In cold and wet climates door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing con ditions If the door is locked unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components OAM049004 e To lock a door without the key push the inside door lock button 1 or central door lock switch 2
222. itioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in exces sively dry air in the passenger com partment Outside fresh air position With the outside fresh air position selected air OAM042063 Air intake control S The air intake control is used to enters the vehicle from select the outside fresh air position outside and is heated or or recirculated air position cooled according to the To change the air intake control posi function selected tion press the control button Features of your vehicle OAM042064 Fan speed control The ignition switch must be in the ON position for fan operation The fan speed knob allows you to control the fan speed of the air flow from the ventilation system To change the fan speed turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed To turn the fan speed control off turn the knob to the 0 position OAM042065 Air conditioning if equipped Press the A C button to turn the air conditioning system on indicator light will illuminate Press the button again to turn the air conditioning sys tem off Features of your vehicle System operation Ventilation 1 Set the mode to the 8 position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed Heating 1 Set the mode to the x position 2 Set the
223. itions especially on the highway is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel con sumption Don t ride the brake pedal This can increase fuel consumption and also increase wear on these com ponents In addition driving with your foot resting on the brake pedal may cause the brakes to overheat which reduces their effectiveness and may lead to more serious con sequences Take care of your tires Keep them inflated to the recommended pres sure Incorrect inflation either too much or too little results in unnec essary tire wear Check the tire pressures at least once a month e Be sure that the wheels are aligned correctly Improper align ment can result from hitting curbs or driving too fast over irregular surfaces Poor alignment causes faster tire wear and may also result in other problems as well as greater fuel consumption Keep your vehicle in good condi tion For better fuel economy and reduced maintenance costs main tain your vehicle in accordance with the maintenance schedule in section 7 If you drive your vehicle in severe conditions more frequent maintenance is required See sec tion 7 for details Keep your vehicle clean For maxi mum service your vehicle should be kept clean and free of corrosive materials It is especially important that mud dirt ice etc not be allowed to accumulate on the underside of the vehicle This extra weight can result in increased fuel consumption and also
224. ke is released while the engine is running there may be a malfunction in the brake system Immediate attention is necessary W 75 If at all possible cease driving the vehicle immediately If that is not pos sible use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only con tinue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location or repair shop Anti lock brake system ABS ABS or ESC will not prevent acci dents due to improper or dangerous driving maneuvers Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions The vehicle should be driven at reduced speeds in the following cir cumstances When driving on rough gravel or snow covered roads When driving with tire chains installed When driving on roads where the road surface is pitted or has differ ent surface heights Driving in these conditions increases the stopping distance for your vehi cle Driving your vehicle The ABS continuously senses the speed of the wheels If the wheels are going to lock the ABS system repeatedly modulates the hydraulic brake pressure to the wheels When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a cor responding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ABS is
225. le weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the certification label The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR GVW Gross vehicle weight This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passen gers GVWR Gross vehicle weight rat ing This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the certification label located on the driver s door sill Road warning 6 2 In case of an emergency while driving 6 3 If the engine will not start 6 4 Emergency starting 6 4 If the engine overheats 6 7 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 6 8 If you have a flat tire with spare tire 6 13 If you have a flat tire with tire mobility kit 6 21 Towing 6 27 What to do in an emergency 6 What to do in an emergency ROAD WARNING Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exer cise extreme caution when approaching overtaking or passing your vehicle It should be used whenever emer gency repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway Depress the flasher switch with the ignition switch in any position The flasher switch is located in the center console switch panel All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously e The hazard warning flash
226. le may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way To dry the brakes apply them lightly while maintaining a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while the vehicle is in motion you can make an emergency stop with the parking brake The stopping dis tance however will be much greater than normal Driving your vehicle Disc brakes wear indicator When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front brakes or rear brakes if equipped You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur when ever you depress the brake pedal Please remember that some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply or lightly apply the brakes This is nor mal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes CAUTION Replace brake pads Do not continue to drive with worn brake pads Continuing to drive with worn brake pads can damage the braking system and result in costly brake repairs Always replace the front or rear brake pads as pairs Rear drum brakes if equipped Your rear drum brakes do not have wear indicators Therefore have the rear brake linings inspected if you hear a rubbing noise Also have your rear brakes inspected each tim
227. lever backwards and forwards will allow you to make gearshifts rapidly In contrast to a manual transaxle the sports mode allows gearshifts with the accelerator pedal depressed Up Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear Down Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear Driving your vehicle In sports mode the driver must execute upshifts in accordance with road conditions taking care to keep the engine speed below the red zone In sports mode only the 6 forward gears can be selected To reverse or park the vehicle move the shift lever to the R Reverse or P Park position as required In sports mode downshifts are made automatically when the vehi cle slows down When the vehicle stops 1st gear is automatically selected In sports mode when the engine rpm approaches the red zone shift points are varied to upshift auto matically To maintain the required levels of vehicle performance and safety the system may not execute cer tain gearshifts when the shift lever is operated e When driving on a slippery road push the shift lever forward into the up position This causes the transaxle to shift into the 2nd or third gear which is better for smooth driving on a slippery road Push the shift lever to the down side to shift back to the 1st gear Shift lock system For your safety the automatic transaxle has a shift lock system which prevents shifting the transaxle out
228. lf cancel after a turn is com pleted If the indicator continues to flash after a turn manually return the lever to the OFF position To signal a lane change move the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position B The lever will return to the OFF position when released If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replace ment If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connec tion in the circuit d OAM049046N Front fog light if equipped Fog lights are used to provide improved visibility when visibility is poor due to fog rain or snow etc The fog lights will turn on when the fog light switch 1 is turned to the on position after the headlight is turned on To turn off the fog lights turn the fog light switch 1 to the OFF position When in operation the fog lights consume large amounts of vehicle electrical power Only use the fog lights when visibility is poor Features of your vehicle WIPERS AND WASHERS Windshield wiper washer Rear window wiper washer A Wiper speed control if equipped MIST Single wipe OFF Off INT Intermittent wipe LO Low wiper speed HI High wiper speed B Intermittent wipe time adjust ment C Wash with brief wipes front oamo49100N OaMo49048N D Rear wiper washer con
229. light Dulb s ss sssssesesseseseeeeseeseenens 7 67 Reporting safety defercts s sssesesseeseseeeeseeeens 8 13 Road warning sssssssssesessessesseseesessessesessesnensensenseeennenes 6 2 Rocking the vehicle ssssssssssesesesessesseseeeeseeseneens 5 45 Roof antennae eieiei cease sdesesssseedsccoocstuiscssscedeseesas 4 106 Rooftack shesitees cies centasssccsce nnie ietan ni r EUSE 4 104 S Scheduled maintenance Service eee eeteeteteereerreereereees 7 8 Maintenance under severe usage conditions 7 21 Normal maintenance schedule sseesesereeeseeeeeees 7 9 Seat belt warming ess eeesseseseneseeseesenenees 3 15 Seat helt Siisssssncssescvesccosdeiesesdssdscassscoacsciassiensesiotansvedeasccsisd 3 14 Hight adjustment ssessessseseseesetssseneseenssneens 3 16 Pre tensioner seat belt seesceesecesseceseceseeceeeeesseesees 3 19 Seat belt Driver s 3 point system ereeeerereerereeree 3 15 Seat belt warming sesesseeseseseesessesesseeseeseeens 3 15 Seat belts Front passenger and rear seat etete 3 17 Index Seat Warme r verrceeecceeeceeeeceeeeceeeeceeeceeeeceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeenees 3 8 Seatback pocket Sis Sed PENEN TO EIEEE EAEE ERE 3 9 Seating capacity PP EENE ENE NEVELE E A AT 5 53 Sea a E E E 3 2 Armrest front EE soaawoenasecda ses 3 9 Folding the rCar SCat ine neneeese rr E erehe EEEE 3 10 Front seat adjustment eeeeeererererrererrererrererrererererretes 3
230. ling to sit in an upright posi tion 2 Leaning against the door or cen ter console 3 Sitting towards the sides or the front of the seat 4 Putting legs on the dashboard or resting them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat 5 Improperly wearing the safety belt 6 Reclining the seat back Safety features of your vehicle Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection system Condition detected by the occu pant detection system 1 Adult or child age 13 and up Indicator Warning light Devices PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indica tor light SRS warning light Front passenger air bag Off Off Activated 2 infant or child restraint system On off Deactiv t d with 12 months old 3 Unoccupied On Off Deactivated 4 Malfunction in the system Off On Activated 1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat the system may recognize him her as a child depending on his her physique and posture 2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat When a smaller child than the same age sits in the front passenger seat the system may recognize him her as an infant depending on his her physique or posture 3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat 4 The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator may turn on or off when a
231. ll the switch in the direction oppo site of the window s movement OAM049014 Power window lock button e The driver can disable the power window switches on the passenger doors by pressing the power win dow lock button located on the dri vers door to the LOCK position pressed When the power window lock button is in the LOCK position pressed the driver s master control cannot operate the pas senger door power windows CAUTION Opening Closing window To prevent possible damage to the power window system do not open or close two windows or more at the same time This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse Always double check to make sure all arms hands head and other obstructions are safely out of the way before closing a window Features of your vehicle HOOD OAM049015 Opening the hood 1 Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood The hood should pop open slightly Open the hood after turning off the engine on a flat surface shifting the shift lever to the P Park position for automatic transaxle and to the 1st First gear or R Reverse for manual transaxle and setting the parking brake OAM049017 2 Go to the front of the vehicle raise 3 Pull out the support rod from the the hood slightly pull the second hood ary latch inside of the hood center 4 Hold the hood open with the sup and lift the hood port rod Features of your vehicle Closing the ho
232. lowing occurs The ignition key is in the ignition switch You exceed the operating dis tance limit about 90 feet 30 m The battery in the transmitter is weak Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal The weather is extremely cold The transmitter is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio sta tion or an airport which can inter fere with normal operation of the transmitter When the transmitter does not work properly open and close the door with the ignition key If you have a problem with the transmitter contact an authorized Kia dealer Continued Continued e If the transmitter is in close proxim ity to your cell phone or smart phone the signal from the trans mitter could be blocked by normal operation of your cell phone or smart phone This is especially important when the phone is active such as making call receiving calls text messaging and or send ing receiving emails Avoid placing the transmitter and your cell phone or smart phone in the same pants or jacket pocket and maintain ade quate distance between the two devices This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harm ful interference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired operation NOTICE Changes or modifications not expressly a
233. ly automatic bat tery chargers that are specially developed for AGM batteries When replacing the AGM battery use only the Kia genuine battery for the ISG system NOTICE If the AGM battery is reconnected or replaced ISG function will not operate immediately If you want to use the ISG function the battery sensor needs to be cali brated for approximately 4 hours with the ignition off and then turn the engine on and off 2 or 3 times A WARNING AGM battery cap Do not open or remove the cap on top of the battery This may cause the leak of dangerous internal electrolytes Jie sce aeee ses otek teen ease see eee sa scene A ee eee Sse see oe ee eae eee seca cea e Sete eee ce ae c ete sae emcees ee eee eee eee ee sete ate ke ns aa eee oe eo ees a eee What to do in an emergency 1 Make sure the booster battery is 12 volt and that its negative termi nal is grounded 2 If the booster battery is in another vehicle do not allow the vehicles to come in contact 3 Turn off all unnecessary electrical loads 4 Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illus tration First connect one end of a jumper cable to the positive termi nal of the discharged battery 1 then connect the other end to the positive terminal of the booster battery 2 Proceed to connect one end of the other jumper cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery 3 then the other end to a solid sta tiona
234. m of tread left on the tire Replace the tire when this happens Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replac ing the tire e The ABS works by comparing the speed of the wheels The tire size affects wheel speed When replac ing tires all 4 tires must use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle Using tires of a differ ent size can cause the ABS Anti lock Brake System and ESC Electronic Stability Control to work irregularly Compact spare tire replacement A compact spare tire has a shorter tread life than a regular size tire Replace it when you can see the tread wear indicator bars on the tire The replacement compact spare tire should be the same size and design tire as the one provided with your new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tire wheel The compact spare tire is not designed to be mounted on a regular size wheel and the compact spare tire wheel is not designed for mount ing a regular size tire Maintenance es Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels for any reason make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter rim width and offset A wheel that is not the correct size may adversely affect wheel and bearing life braking and stopping abilities handling characteristics ground clearance body to tire clear ance snow chain clearance speedometer and odometer calibra tion headlight aim a
235. mp Brake Fluid BZA Warning Light Low Tire Pressure Telltale p Tailgate Open Warning Light Fy Low Fuel Level Warning Light Cruise Indicator Cruise SET Indicator For more detailed explanations refer to Instrument cluster in section 4 Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light Auto stop for ISG system indicator A Tail light indicator Active ECO indicator Electronic power steering EPS system warning light KEY oe E Key out indicator RY Fuel cap open warning indi cator if equipped ansobenDee sanaksi a ea a es aoe AA EEE lates pi Interior overview 2 2 Instrument panel overview 2 3 Engine compartment 2 4 Your vehicle at a glance INTERIOR OVERVIEW 1 Door Lock Unlock Button 4 13 2 Outside Rearview Mirror Control RSS el a ieee specie ee reece ree eerrer 3 Central Door Lock Switch 4 Power Window Lock Button 5 Power Window Switches 6 7 8 Idle Stop and Go ISG OFF button 5 13 O TESC OFE BUOM ee ere 10 Hood Release Lever 11 StecninguVV nec lesess seme se eee es 12 Steering Wheel Tilt Lever 4 32 ISeSCatee e eae teeter 3 2 14 Fuel Filler Lid Release Lever 4 24 15 Advanced Lighting Speaker 4 108 if equipped OAM012001N Your vehicle at a glance INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW Mnstr men i elUster a tees 4 37 2 Light Control Turn Signals
236. n Bluetooth wireless technology system off While in ADVANCED menu select BT Off to turn off the Bluetooth wireless technology System m Voice Recognition Activation e The voice recognition engine con tained in the Bluetooth wireless technology System can be activat ed in the following conditions Button Activation The voice recognition system will be active when the button is pressed and after the sound of a Beep Active Listening The voice recognition system will be active for a period of time when the Voice Recognition system has asked for a customer response The system can recognize single digits from zero to nine while num ber greater than ten will not be rec ognized The system shall cancel voice recognition mode in following cases When pressing the but ton and saying cancel following the beep When not making a call and pressing the EB button When voice recognition has failed 3 consecutive times e At any time if you say help the system will announce what com mands are available m Menu tree The menu tree identifies available voice recognition Bluetooth wire less technology functions Call Name Ex Call John at Home Dial Number Ex Dial 911 Call By name Redial Phonebook Add entry By voice By phone Change name Features of your vehicle Tip E Voice Operation To get the best performa
237. n e Do not tow with sling type authorized Kia dealer or a commer equipment Use wheel lift or cial tow truck service Proper lifting flatbed equipment and towing procedures are neces e Do not tow the vehicle back sary to prevent damage to the vehi wards with the front wheels on cle The use of wheel dollies or the ground as this may cause flatbed is recommended damage to the vehicle What to do in an emergenc When towing your vehicle in an emergency without wheel dollies 1 Set the ignition switch in the ACC position 2 Place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral 3 Release the parking brake CAUTION Towing gear position Always place the transaxle shift QAM062010 QAM052011 lever in Neutral N when towing Removable towing hook front 3 Install the towing hook by turning it your vehicle Failure to place the if equipped a To the hole until it is transaxle shift lever in N 1 Remove the towing hook from the u y SOcured l Neutral may cause internal tool case 4 Remove the towing hook and damage to the transaxle install the cover after use 2 Remove the hole cover pressing the lower part of the cover on the front bumper What to do in an emergenc OAM069012L Emergency towing If towing is necessary we recom mend you to have it done by an authorized Kia dealer or a com mercial tow truck service If towing service is not available in an emergency your vehicle may be tempor
238. n forward direction in fast speed Features of your vehicle SETUP 6 ENTER AUDIO PUSH 3 4 5 6 CAT Y FADER SCAN MUTE 3 5 Button Plays each song in the USB device for 10 seconds To cancel SCAN Play press this but ton again 6 GEG Button MENU Moves to the upper category from currently played category of the iPod To move to play the category song displayed press knob You will be able to search through the lower category of the selected category The standard order of iPod s catego ry is SONGS ALBUMS ARTISTS GENRES iPod INFO SETUP ENTER AUDIO mm PUSH 3 4 SN SCAN MUTE 7 GUUS Knob amp iudi Button When you rotate the knob clockwise it will display the songs category ahead of the song currently played category in the same level Also when you rotate the knob coun terclockwise it will display the songs category before the song currently played category in the same level To listen to the song displayed in the song category press the button to skip to and play the selected song Pressing the button changes the BASS MIDDLE TREBLE FADER and BALANCE TUNE mode The mode selected is shown on the dis play After selecting each mode rotate the Audio control knob clock wise or counterclockwise 8 MEJ Button Displays the information of the file currently played in the order of TITLE ARTIST ALBUM NOR MAL DISPLAY TITLE
239. n light blinks for 10 seconds When you are warned press the ENGINE START STOP button while turning the steering wheel right and left Steering wheel unlocked if equipped If the steering wheel does not lock normally when the ENGINE START STOP button turns to the OFF position the warning illumi nates for 10 minutes on the LCD dis play If locks when the door is opened or when you pull out the smart key from the smart key holder Check steering wheel lock If the steering wheel does not lock normally when the ENGINE START STOP button turns to the OFF position the warning illumi nates for 10 seconds on the LCD dis play Also the warning chime sounds for 3 seconds and the ENGINE START STOP button light blinks for 10 seconds Low tire pressure if equipped If one or more of your tires is signifi cantly under inflated when the igni tion key is turned to the ON posi tion the warning illuminates for 10 seconds on the LCD display io sccSaeses ns oak EE EEE eee eet eee cena Ste see eee eae eee eee eae ease nee ce ae cee E ee oS Meee aseeeee ese eee ae sce eeee aes Features of your vehicle REARVIEW CAMERA IF EQUIPPED This system is a supplemental sys ai tem that shows behind the vehicle through the rearview display mirror while backing up Always keep the camera lens clean If lens is covered with foreign matter the camera may not operate normal ly OAM042037 The rearview camer
240. nal Bluetooth wireless technology related operations Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference noise or malfunction to audio sys tem In this case store the device in a different location may resolve the situation Please save your phone name in English or your phone name may not be displayed correctly If you need more information about Kia s Bluetooth wireless technolo gy Contact kia website www kia com OWNERS gt General Info gt Bluetooth wireless technolo gy Features of your vehicle if equipped 1 eS button Raises or lowers speaker volume 2 Mute the microphone during a call 3 button Activates voice recog nition 4 R button Places and transfers calls 5 E button Ends calls or cancels functions m What is Bluetooth wireless technology Bluetooth wireless technology that allows multiple devices to be con nected in a short range low powered devices like hands free stereo head set steering remote control etc For more information visit the Bluetooth wireless technology web site at www Bluetooth com General Features e This audio system supports Bluetooth wireless technology enabled hands free and stereo headset features HANDS FREE feature Making or receiving calls wirelessly through voice recognition STEREO HEADSET feature Playing music from cellular phones that supports A2DP fea ture wirelessly e
241. nce out of the Voice Recognition System observe the followings Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the window to eliminate surround ing noise traffic noise vibra tion sounds etc which may disturb recognizing the voice command correctly Speak a command after a beep sound within 5 seconds Otherwise the command will not be received properly Speak in a natural voice with out pausing between words While receiving voice com mands press the button on the steering wheel remote con troller to terminate guidance Voice command will convert back to waiting mode to allow the user to say a new voice com mand m Making a Phone Call e Direct Calling Press button Say the following command Call lt John gt Connects the call to John Call lt John gt on lt Mobile gt Connects the call to John s mobile phone number Call lt John gt at lt Home gt Connects the call to john s home number Call lt John gt in lt Office gt Connects the call to John s office number Note Calls can be immediately connect ed to contacts who name or voice tag are saved in the phonebook or contacts e Calling by Name A phone call can be made by speak ing names registered in the audio system Press button Say Call Say By name when prompted Say desired name in Phonebook or voice tag Say desired location phone num ber type Onl
242. nches 30 cm wide in the middle of the strap for easy visibility Drive carefully so that the towing strap is not loose during towing Emergency towing precautions e Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the steering wheel isn t locked e Place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral e Release the parking bake e Press the brake pedal with more force than usual since you will have reduced brake performance e More steering effort will be required because the power steer ing system will be disabled If you are driving down a long hill the brakes may overheat and brake performance will be reduced Stop often and let the brakes cool off If the car is being towed with all four wheels on the ground it can be towed only from the front Be sure that the transaxle is in neutral Be sure the steering is unlocked by placing the ignition switch in the ACC position A driver must be in the towed vehicle to operate the steering and brakes CAUTION Automatic transaxle e To avoid serious damage to the automatic transaxle limit the vehicle speed to 15 km h 10 mph and drive less than 1 5 km 1 mile when towing Before towing check the level of the automatic transaxle fluid If it is below the HOT range on the dipstick add fluid If you cannot add fluid a towing dolly must be used What to do in an emergency OAM060017L Tie down hook for flatbed towing if equipped A CAUTION Tie down
243. nd bumper height A CAUTION Wheel Wheels that do not meet Kia s specifications may fit poorly and result in damage to the vehicle or unusual handling and poor vehicle control Tire traction Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces Tires should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear Slow down whenever there is rain snow or ice on the road to reduce the possibility of losing con trol of the vehicle Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear If you find a tire is worn unevenly have your dealer check the wheel alignment When you have new tires installed make sure they are balanced This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life Additionally a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel 1030B04JM Tire sidewall labeling This information identifies and describes the fundamental charac teristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall 1 Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown Maintenance ee O 2 Tire size designation A tire s sidewall is marked with a tire size designation You will need this information when selecting replace ment tires for your vehicle The fol lowi
244. nd in the ECO ON mode a amy To convert from F to C or C to F ECO OFF is displayed in the screen press the TRIP button for more than and the shift indicator turns off 1 seconds in the Distance to empty If you want to display the shift indica mode tor again press the TRIP button for more than 1 second in the ECO OFF mode and then ECO ON mode is wipes displayed in the screen OAM042117N OAM042278N Outside temperature The current outside temperature is displayed in 1 F 1 C increments The temperature range is between 40 F 140 F 40 C 60 C Jose aeses ns otek eee eee e ose teen eseeee eet eee te cena Ste see ee eee eee sete eae ease e enema ce aoe cee E oo eee seeeeee aca eee ee Seen eee aes e Features of your vehicle E Type A OAM042332N E Type B OAM042341L Manual transaxle shift indica tor if equipped This indicator informs you which gear is desired while driving to save fuel For example 43 Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd gear is desired currently the shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st gear wa Indicates that shifting down to the 3rd gear is desired current ly the shift lever is in the 4th or 5th gear e If you don t want the indicator dis played you can turn it off by press ing the TRIP button for more than 1 second in the ECO ON mode The ECO ON mode will change to the ECO OFF mode If you want the indicator displayed press
245. nds for Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children These seats include two rigid or webbing mount ed attachments that connect to two LATCH anchors at specific seating positions in your vehicle This type of child restraint seat eliminates the need to use seat belts to attach the child seat in the rear seats Safety features of your vehicle OUN038139L Child restraint symbols are located on the left and right rear seat backs to indicate the position of the lower anchors for child restraints OUN036140L LATCH anchors have been provided in your vehicle The LATCH anchors are located in the left and right out board rear seating positions Their locations are shown in the illustra tion There is no LATCH anchor pro vided for the center rear seating position The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions When you install your child s restraint sys tem using the LATCH anchors buck le the shoulder lap belt then lock the retractor and pull the belt to remove the slack in the belt so it lies flat against the vehicle seat Safety features of your vehicle Follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions to properly install child restraint seats with LATCH or LATCH compatible attachments Once you have installed the LATCH child restraint assure that the seat is properly attached to the LATCH and tether anchors Also test the
246. ng 4 62 Wipers and washers 4 66 Interior light 4 69 Defroster 4 72 Manual climate control system 4 73 Automatic climate control system 4 82 Windshield defrosting and defogging 4 91 Storage compartment 4 95 Interior features 4 97 Exterior feature 4 104 Audio system 4 106 Features of your vehicle KEYS E Type A Type B To unfold the key press the release button then the key will unfold auto matically To fold the key fold the key manually while pressing the release button CAUTION Folding key Do not fold the key without pressing the release button This may damage the key E ype B OUN046100L Wee Record your key number The key code number is stamped on the bar code tag attached to the key set Should you lose your keys this number will enable an authorized Kia dealer to duplicate the keys easily Remove the bar code tag and store it in a safe place Also record the code number and keep it in a safe place not in the vehicle Key operations e Used to start the engine Used to lock and unlock the doors OAM041096L Features of your vehicle Pio scceaeses es oem EEO EE eee ee teeta eee AE eee eee te eae ease ee nee ce ae cee E oo eee a eee eee neem aae seme ema eae Features of your vehicle REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY IF EQUIPPED OAM041097L Remote keyless entry system operations Lock 1 1 Close all doors engine hood and tailgate 2
247. ng explains what the letters and numbers in the tire size designation mean Example tire size designation These numbers are provided as an example only your tire size designa tor could vary depending on your vehicle P245 70R17 108T P Applicable vehicle type tires marked with the prefix P are intended for use on passenger vehicles or light trucks however not all tires have this marking 245 Tire width in millimeters 70 Aspect ratio The tire s section height as a percentage of its width R Tire construction code Radial 17 Rim diameter in inches 108 Load Index a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry T Speed Rating Symbol See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor tant information that you need if you ever have to replace one The follow ing explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designa tion mean Example wheel size designation 7 0JX17 7 0 Rim width in inches J Rim contour designation 17 Rim diameter in inches Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif ferent speed ratings currently being used for passenger car tires The speed rating is part of the tire size designation on the sidewall of the tire This symbol corresponds to that tire s designed maximum safe oper ating speed Speed Rating Max
248. nger and rear seat 3 point system with combination locking retractor To fasten your seat belt Combination retractor type seat belts are installed in the rear seat posi tions to help accommodate the installation of child restraint systems Although a combination retractor is also installed in the front passenger seat position it is strongly recom mended that children always be seated in the rear seat NEVER place any infant restraint system in the front seat of the vehicle This type of seat belt combines the features of both an emergency lock ing retractor seat belt and an auto matic locking retractor seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab into the buckle There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle When not securing a child restraint the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver s seat belt Emergency Locking Retractor Type It automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips When the seat belt is fully extended from the retractor to allow the instal lation of a child restraint system the seat belt operation changes to allow the belt to retract but not to extend Automatic Locking Retractor Type Refer to Using a child restraint sys tem in this section To convert from the automatic lock ing feature to the emergency
249. normal and not harmful to the transaxle If you ve come to a complete stop and it s hard to shift into 1st or R Reverse leave the shift lever at neutral position and release the clutch Depress the clutch pedal back down and then shift into 1st or R Reverse gear position io scceaeses ns oem EE E cece tee e le cee Ste see ee eee eee sete eae ea see enema ce ae cee E ene oS eee a nee eee ence eee EE Driving your vehicle A CAUTION Premature wear Do not drive with your foot rest ing on the clutch pedal or use the clutch pedal to hold the vehicle stopped on an uphill or at a traffic light This will result in premature clutch wear Do not use the shift lever as a handrest during driving as this can result in premature wear of the transaxle shift forks Using the clutch The clutch should be depressed all the way to the floor before shifting then released slowly The clutch pedal should always be fully released while driving Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This can cause unnecessary wear Do not partially engage the clutch to hold the vehicle on an incline This causes unnecessary wear Use the foot brake or parking brake to hold the vehicle on an incline Do not operate the clutch pedal rapidly and repeatedly Downshifting When you must slow down in heavy traffic or while driving up steep hills downshift before the engine starts to labor Downshifting reduces the chance of
250. normal operating tempera ture E Engine 1 6 BP OAM072102L If it is near or at L add enough oil to bring the level to F Do not overfill Use a funnel to help prevent oil from being spilled on engine com ponenis Maintenance Use only the specified engine oil Changing the engine oil and Refer to Recommended lubricants filter and capacities in section 8 Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized Kia dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this section Maintenance ENGINE COOLANT The high pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year round antifreeze coolant The reservoir is filled at the factory Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling to a colder cli mate OAM072005 Checking the coolant level Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses Replace any swollen or deteriorated hoses The coolant level should be filled between F and L marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool If the coolant level is low add enough distilled deionized water to provide protection against freezing and cor rosion Bring the level to F but do not overfill If frequent additions are required see an authorized Kia deal er for a cooling system inspection Maintenance Recommended engine
251. nt pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily To close the sunroof automatically Push the sunroof control lever for ward to the second detent position and then release it The sunroof will automatically close all the way To stop the sunroof sliding at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily E a bin i OHM048026 Automatic reversal If an object is detected while the sun roof is closing automatically it will reverse the direction and then stop The auto reverse function does not work if a small obstacle is between the sliding glass and the sunroof sash You should always check that all passengers and objects are away from the sunroof before closing it N F OAM049020 Tilting the sunroof To open the sunroof autotilt feature push the sunroof control lever upward to the second detent The sunroof will tilt all the way open To stop the sunroof tilting at any point operate the control lever To close the sunroof pull the sunroof lever downward until the sunroof moves to the desired position Features of your vehicle Do not extend the face neck arms or body outside the sunroof while driving Periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the guide rail The sunroof is made to slide together with the sunshade Do not leave the sunshade closed while the sunroof is opened While using sunroof for a long time a dust between sunroof and roof panel can make a nois
252. nt indicates there is a leak in the cooling system and this should be checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer What to do in an emergency TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS 1 Low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction indicator Each tire including the spare if pro vided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehi cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac ard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pres sure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pres sure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a signifi cantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire mainte nance and it is the driver s responsi bility to maintain correct tire pres sur
253. nths Q Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Every 7 500 miles or 12 months K Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance i NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 150 000 miles or 120 months QO Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrig erant and performance if equipped Q Inspect cooling system Q Inspect drive belt First 60 000 miles or 72 months after every 15 000 miles or 24 months Q Inspect drive shaft and boots O Inspect fuel filter O Inspect fuel line hoses and connection Q Inspect fuel tank air filter QO Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Every 37 500 miles 60 000 km or 48 months Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Q Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid Brake lines hoses and connections Brake pedal and operation Chassis body nuts and bolts Drum brake and linings if equipped Disc brakes and pads if equipped Ke PS TB PD Oa 3 4 5 6 m Continued Continued 8 Exhaust pipe and muffler 9 Front suspension ball joints 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 13 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts Q Replace air cleaner filter QO Replace climate control air filter if equipped
254. o Video Remote Control Profile technolo gies Both profiles provide steaming of music via compatible PAIRED Bluetooth wireless technology enabled Cellular phone To stream music from the Bluetooth wireless technology enabled cellular phone play your music files on your cellular phone according to your cel lular phone user s manual and press the button on the audio sys tem until MP3 play is displayed on the LCD The audio system head unit displays MP3 MODE Jo scceaeses ns otek EE EE eee eet eee te cena Ste see ee ease eee eee eae eas eee nee ce aoe cee E oS Meee a sence eee aca ema ee Somes eee eee Features of your vehicle NOTE ein addition to streaming MP3 files all music and sound files your cellular phone supports can be played by the audio sys tem Bluetooth wireless technology enabled compatible cellular phones must include A2DP and AVRCP capabilities Some A2DP and AVRCP com patible Bluetooth wireless technology enabled cellular phones may not play music through the audio system initial ly These cellular phones may need to have the Bluetooth wireless technology streaming enabled for example i e Menu Filemanager Music Option Play via Bluetooth Please refer to User s Guide for your cellular phone for more information To cancel Bluetooth wireless technology cellular phone music streaming stop music playback on the cel lular phone or change the audio mode
255. occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags Safety features of your vehicle 1VQA2090 e Just before impact drivers often brake heavily Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehi cle causing it to ride under a vehi cle with a higher ground clearance Air bags may not inflate in this under ride situation because deceleration forces that are detect ed by sensors may be significantly reduced by such under ride colli sions 1VQA2091 e Airbags does not inflate in most rollover accidents even though the vehicle is equipped with side impact air bags and curtain air bags 1VQA2092 Air bags may not inflate if the vehi cle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees where the point of impact is concentrated to one area and the full force of the impact is not delivered to the sen sors Safety features of your vehicle SRS Care The SRS is virtually maintenance free and there are no parts you can safely service by yourself If the SRS air bag warning light does not illumi nate or continuously remains on have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized Kia deal er Any work on the SRS system such as removing installing repairing or any work on the steering wheel must be performed by an authorized Kia dealer Improper handling of the SRS system ma
256. ocket clockwise OAM072064 Front fog light bulbs if equipped 1 Loosen the retaining bolt 2 Pull out the end of the front bumper OAM072075N 3 Reach your hand into the back of the front bumper 4 Disconnect the power connector from the socket 5 Remove the bulb socket from the housing by turning the socket counter clockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the housing 6 Install the new bulb socket into the housing by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the hous ing Push the socket into the hous ing and turn the socket clockwise 7 Connect the power connector to the socket 8 Reinstall the front bumper Maintenance 5 Insert a new bulb in the socket 6 Reassemble the socket and the lens part 7 Connect the bulb electrical con nector 8 Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle OAM079030 OAM072061 Side repeater light bulb Type A Side repeater light bulb Type B replacement if equipped replacement if equipped 1 Remove the light assembly from If the light bulb is not operating have the vehicle by prying the lens and the vehicle checked by an authorized pulling the assembly out Kia dealer 2 Disconnect the bulb electrical con nector 3 Separate the socket and the lens parts by turning the socket coun terclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the lens part 4 Remove the bulb by pulling it st
257. od 1 Before closing the hood check the following e All filler caps in the engine com partment must be correctly installed e Gloves rags or any other com bustible material must be removed from the engine com partment 2 Return the support rod to its clip to prevent it from rattling 3 Lower the hood until it is about 1 ft 30 cm above the closed position and let it drop Make sure that it locks into place The support rod must be inserted completely into the hole provided whenever you inspect the engine compartment This will prevent the hood from falling and possibly injur ing you Features of your vehicle FUEL FILLER DOOR OHD046014 Opening the fuel filler door The fuel filler door must be opened from inside the vehicle by pulling up the fuel filler door opener lever If the fuel filler door does not open because ice has formed around it tap lightly or push on the door to break the ice and release the door Do not pry on the door If necessary spray around the door with an approved de icer fluid do not use radiator anti freeze or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt 1 Stop the engine 2 To open the fuel filler door pull the fuel filler door opener up 3 Pull open the fuel filler door 1 4 To remove the cap turn the fuel filler cap 2 counterclockwise 5 Refuel as needed OAM049089 Closing the fuel filler lid 1 To install the
258. odule controls the air bag inflation Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Additionally your vehicle is equipped with an occupant detection system in the front passenger s seat The occu pant detection system detects the presence of a passenger in the front passenger s seat and will turn off the front passenger s air bag under cer tain conditions For more detail see Occupant detection system in this section Safety features of your vehicle Manufacturers are required by gov ernment regulations to provide a contact point concerning modifica tions to the vehicle for persons with disabilities which modifications may affect the vehicle s advanced air bag system That contact is Kia s toll free Customer Assistance center at 1 800 333 4Kia However Kia does not endorse nor will it support any changes to any part or structure of the vehicle that could affect the advanced air bag system including the occupant detection system Advanced air bags are combined with pre tensioner seat belts to help provide enhanced occupant protec tion in frontal crashes Front air bags are not intended to deploy in colli sions in which sufficient protection can be provided by the pre tensioner seat belt Safety features of your vehicle Front air bags are not intended to deploy in side impact rear impact or rollover crashes In addition front air bags will not deploy
259. ody of the vehicle Oo Z S OAM072068N Back up light and Tail light Follow the steps 1 to 3 from the pre vious page 4 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly OAMO079035 High mounted stop light replacement 1 Open the tailgate 2 Remove the cover 3 Disconnect the connector by pressing the clip 1 OAM079036 Bulb type 4 Pull out the module from the high mounted stop light assembly by pulling both clips 5 Replace the bulbs by pulling it out 6 Reinstall in the reverse order Maintenance ViviviW PY OAM072076N LED type if equipped 4 Loosen the retaining bolts 5 Replace the LED with new one 6 Reinstall in the reverse order If your vehicle is equipped with LED type high mounted stop lights your stop tail and side marker lights must be replaced by an authorized Kia dealer io scceaeseses oem eee ee ee ease teense eee Reet eee te cena Ste see ee eee eee sete eae ease Meet ae cee aet E oS eee eee eee nee eee E een Maintenance OFD067030 License plate light bulb replacement 1 Remove the lens by pressing the tabs 2 Remove the socket from the lens 3 Remove the bulb by turning it counter clockwise 4 Install a new bulb in the socket and install the socket to the lens 5 Reinstall the lens securely Maintenance Interior light bulb repl
260. of these conditions Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible After rotation be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness Refer to Tire and wheels in section 8 Maintenance Without a spare tire SS en SE S2BLA790A Directional tires if equipped e amp e E5 CBGQ0707A Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated Rotate radial tires that have an asymmetric tread pattern only from front to rear and not from right to left Do not use the compact spare tire if equipped for tire rotation Wheel alignment and tire bal ance The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance In most cases you will not need to have your wheels aligned again However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other the alignment may need to be reset If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road your wheels may need to be rebalanced CAUTION Wheel weight Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle s alu minum wheels Use only approved wheel weights Maintenance ee O OENO76053 Tire replacement If the tire is worn evenly a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread This shows there is less than 1 16 inch 1 6 m
261. of P Park unless the brake pedal is depressed To shift the transaxle from P Park into R Reverse 1 Depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Start the engine or turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Move the shift lever If the brake pedal is repeatedly depressed and released with the shift lever in the P Park position a chattering noise near the shift lever may be heard This is a normal con dition Driving your vehicle iil y AT OAM05207 1 Shift lock override If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P Park into R Reverse position with the brake pedal depressed continue depressing the brake then do the following 1 Carefully remove the cap covering the shift lock access hole 2 Insert a key or screwdriver into the access hole and press down on the key or screwdriver 3 Move the shift lever 4 Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer immediately Ignition key interlock system The ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in the P Park position Good driving practices e Never move the shift lever from P Park or N Neutral to any other position with the accelerator pedal depressed e Never move the shift lever into P Park when the vehicle is in motion Slow down before shifting to a lower gear Otherwise the lower gear may not be engaged Always use the parking brake Do not depend on placing the transaxle in P Park
262. of a rollover If at all possible avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers do not load your roof rack with heavy cargo and never modify your vehicle in any way Driving your vehicle Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow sand or mud first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels Then shift back and forth between 1st First and R Reverse in vehicles equipped with a manual transaxle or R Reverse and any forward gear in vehicles equipped with an _ automatic transaxle Do not race the engine and spin the wheels as little as pos sible If you are still stuck after a few tries have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid engine overheat ing and possible damage to the transaxle The ESC system if equipped should be turned OFF prior to rock ing the vehicle CAUTION Vehicle rock ing Prolonged rocking may cause engine overheating transaxle damage or failure and tire dam age Driving your vehicle CAUTION Spinning tires Do not spin the wheels espe cially at speeds more than 35 mph 56 km h Spinning the wheels at high speeds when the vehicle is stationary could cause a tire to overheat which could result in tire damage OUN056051 Smooth cornering Avoid braking or gear changing in corners especially when roads are wet Ideally corners should always be taken under gentle accelerati
263. of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS What to do in an emergency Changing a tire with TPMS If you have a flat tire the Low Tire Pressure telltale will come on Have the flat tire repaired by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible or replace the flat tire with the spare tire CAUTION Never use a puncture repairing agent not approved by Kia to repair and or inflate a low pres sure tire The tire sealant not approved by Kia may damage the tire pressure sensor The sealant on the tire pressure sen sor and wheel shall be eliminat ed when you replace the tire with a new one Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem You must use TPMS specific wheels It is rec ommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized Kia dealer Even if you replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire the Low Tire Pressure telltale will remain on until the low pressure tire is repaired and placed on the vehicle After you replace the low pressure tire with the new tire with TPMS the TPMS malfunction indicator may illu minate after a few minutes because the TPMS sensor mounted on the spare wheel is not initiated Once the low pressure tire is reinflat ed to the recommended pressure and installed on the vehicle or the TPMS sensor mounted on the replaced spare wheel is initiated by an authorized Kia dealer the TPMS malfunction indicator and th
264. oil High speed travel consumes more fuel than urban motoring Do not for get to check both the engine coolant and engine oil Drive belt A loose or damaged drive belt may result in overheating of the engine Driving your vehicle WINTER DRIVING ee 1 V 0A3005 Severe weather conditions in the winter result in greater wear and other problems To minimize the problems of winter driving you should follow these suggestions Snowy or icy conditions To drive your vehicle in deep snow it may be necessary to use snow tires or to install tire chains on your tires If snow tires are needed it is neces sary to select tires equivalent in size and type of the original equipment tires Failure to do so may adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Furthermore speeding rapid acceleration sudden brake applications and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices During deceleration use engine braking to the fullest extent Sudden brake applications on snowy or icy roads may cause skids to occur You need to keep sufficient distance between the vehicle in operation in front and your vehicle Also apply the brake gently It should be noted that installing tire chains on the tire will provide a greater driving force but will not prevent side skids Tire chains are not legal in all coun trys Check the country laws before fitting tire chains Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehi cle
265. older BA Folder BB Features of your vehicle CD AUX POER 2 3 N 1 2 3 4 v Te SCAN MUTE 4 Using USB device 1 Button USB or AUX If the auxiliary device is connected it switches to AUX or USB mode to play the sound from the auxiliary player If there is no auxiliary device then the message No Media will become displayed on the LCD for 3 seconds and returns to previous mode 2 Button RANDOM Press this button for less than 0 8 seconds to play songs randomly in current folder Press this button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play songs randomly in entire USB device To cancel RANDOM play press this button again 3 HEB Button REPEAT Press this button for less than 0 8 seconds to repeat current song e Press this button for 0 8 seconds or longer to repeat all songs in cur rent folder To cancel REPEAT press this but ton again 4 Giiv e Button Press the button for less than 0 8 seconds to play from the beginning of the current song Press the button for less than 0 8 sec onds and press it again within 1 sec ond to move to and play the previous song Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in reverse direction in fast speed Press the button for less than 0 8 seconds to move to the next song Press the button for 0 8 seconds or longer to play the song in forward direction in fast speed Features of your vehicle INF
266. on Pio scceaeses es So eee eee eee eos e teense eee eee eee te cena E Rone sores eas See eee E et eo Neste nseeeee ease eens eae eee cee eee Features of your vehicle OAM049088 Aux USB and iPod port if equipped If your vehicle has an aux and or USB universal serial bus port or iPod port you can use an aux port to connect audio devices and an USB port to plug in an USB and also an iPod port to plug in an iPod When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet noise may occur during playback If this happens use the power source of the portable audio device iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc OAM041110 Advanced lighting speaker if equipped The advanced lighting speaker that lights around the front speaker is adjusted by turning the knob as fol lows 1 OFF The light turns off 2 MUSIC The light blinks or changes shade accord ing to the sound of the audio If the audio is not turned on the light does not turn on 3 MOOD The light shade changes automatically at regular interval 4 COLOR If the button is pushed it changes the color of speaker to red green blue sky blue purple and yellow 5 When the lights are on push the illumination button to adjust the light intensity If low lighting grade is select ed the intensity of light may be weak or may not illuminate according to the audio volume or selected condition Features of your
267. on Recirculated air position The indicator light on the w button illuminates when the recirculated air posi tion is selected With the recirculated air position selected air from passenger compart ment will be drawn through the heating sys tem and heated or cooled according to the function selected Outside fresh air position The indicator light on the aiw button does not illumi nate when the outside fresh air position is selected With the outside fresh air position selected air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected It should be noted that prolonged operation of the heating in recirculat ed air position will cause fogging of the windshield and side windows and the air within the passenger com partment will become stale Features of your vehicle In addition prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in exces sively dry air in the passenger com partment E Type A V J i OAM042318 i Fan speed control The fan speed can be set to the desired speed by pressing the fan speed control button To change the fan speed press the button for higher speed or push the button V for lower speed To turn the fan speed control off press the OFF button and select outside fresh air position E Type A Air conditioning Push the A C button to turn the air conditi
268. on If you follow these suggestions tire wear will be held to a minimum Driving at night Because night driving presents more hazards than driving in the daylight here are some important tips to remember e Slow down and keep more dis tance between you and other vehi cles as it may be more difficult to see at night especially in areas where there may not be any street lights Driving your vehicle e Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver s head lights Keep your headlights clean and properly aimed Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more difficult to see at night Headlight operation when using windshield wipers is mandatory in some states Avoid staring directly at the head lights of oncoming vehicles You could be temporarily blinded and it will take several seconds for your eyes to readjust to the darkness Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make driving dangerous especially if you re not prepared for the slick pavement Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain e A heavy rainfall will make it harder to see and will increase the dis tance needed to stop your vehicle so slow down e Keep your windshield wiping equipment in good shape Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield If your tires are not in good condi tion making a quick stop on wet pavement can
269. on Central Door Unlock Mode Unlock mode can be switched between Two Stage Unlock Mode and Central Door Unlock Mode as follows Press the lock button 1 and unlock button 2 at the same time for 5 sec onds or more The hazard warning lights will blink four times Tailgate unlocking Using the tailgate handle button 1 Carry the smart key 2 Press the tailgate handle button 3 When all doors are locked the hazard warning lights will blink two times Using the button on the smart key 1 Press the tailgate unlock button 3 for more than 1 second 2 When all doors are locked the hazard warning lights will blink two times Features of your vehicle Panic 1 Press the panic button 4 for more than 0 5 second 2 The horn sounds and hazard warn ing light flash for about 30 sec onds To stop the horn and lights press any button on the smart key Start up You can start the engine without inserting the key For detailed infor mation refer to the Engine start stop button in section 5 Loss of the smart key A maximum of 2 smart keys can be registered to a single vehicle If you happen to lose your smart key you will not be able to start the engine You should immediately take the vehicle and remaining key to your authorized Kia dealer tow the vehi cle if necessary to protect it from potential theft Smart key precautions e The smart key will not work if any of the following occur The sma
270. one For example if the vehicles name is KMC CAR you may need to change the name dis played on you phone from KMC_CAR to JOHNS _CAR or KMC CAR_1 to avoid ambiguity Refer to your phone User s Guide or contact your cellular carrier or phone manufacturer for instructions e Connecting a phone When the Bluetooth wireless tech nology system is enabled the phone previously used is automatically selected and re connected If you want to select different phone previ ously paired the phone can be selected through Select Phone menu Only a selected phone can be used with the hands free system at a time Press SETUP mode Select Phone then Select in PHONE menu button to enter Select desired phone name from the list shown The Bluetooth wireless technolo gy icon appears on the upper side of audio display when a phone is connected Features of your vehicle Changing Priority If several phones are paired with the audio system the system attempts to connect following order when the Bluetooth wireless technology sys tem is enabled 1 Priority checked phone 2 Previously connected phone 3 Gives up auto connection Press button to enter SETUP mode Select Phone then Priority in PHONE menu Select desired phone name from the list shown e Deleting a Phone The paired phone can be deleted When the phone is deleted
271. ong with infor regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an mation on how to use them Do not mix other additives authorized Kia dealer for details 3 Inspect for excessive tappet noise and or engine vibra tion and adjust if necessary The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively Maintenance Le NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 7 500 miles or 6 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refriger ant and performance if equipped Q Inspect cooling system Inspect drive shaft and boots Q Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition Brake pedal and operation Chassis body nuts and bolts Drum brake and linings if equipped Disc brakes and pads if equipped Exhaust pipe and muffler Front suspension ball joints 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 13 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts Se ee Continued Continued Q Replace engine oil and filter Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Every 7 500 miles or 12 months K Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance ee O NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 15 000 miles or 12 month
272. oning system on indicator light will illuminate Push the button again to turn the air conditioning system off E Type B OAM042319 Features of your vehicle OAM042321 OAM042320 Blower OFF Climate information screen selec Push the OFF button to turn off the tion if equipped blower However you can still operate Press the climate information screen the mode and air intake buttons as selection button to view climate infor long as the ignition switch is in the mation in full screen mode position ON WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING e For maximum defrosting set the temperature control to the extreme right hot position and the fan speed control to the highest speed If warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging set the mode to the floor defrost posi tion Before driving clear all snow and ice from the windshield rear win dow outside rear view mirrors and all side windows Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grille to improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the proba bility of fogging up inside of the windshield Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system To defog inside windshield 1 Select any fan speed except 0 position 2 Select desired temperature 3 Select the or Ht mode 4 The outside fresh air and air con ditioning will be selected automat ically If the air conditioning and
273. ons and are not hazardous e Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre tensioner seat belt the SRS air bag warning light 8 on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position and then it should turn off If the pre tensioner seat belt is not working properly this warning light will illuminate even if there is no malfunction of the SRS air bag If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it remains illuminated after illuminat ing for approximately 6 seconds or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being driven please have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the pre tensioner seat belt and SRS air bag system as soon as possi ble Safety features of your vehicle NOTICE Do not attempt to service or repair the pre tensioner seat belt system in any manner Do not attempt to inspect or replace the pre tensioner seat belts yourself This must be done by an authorized Kia dealer Pre tensioners are designed to oper ate only one time After activation pre tensioner seat belts must be replaced If the pre tensioner must be replaced contact an authorized Kia dealer Seat belt precautions Infant or small child All 50 states have child restraint laws You should be aware of the specific requirements in your state Child and or infant seats must be
274. ons eeeeeetereeeeeterrrereereeree 3 36 Starting difficulties see engine will not start 6 4 Steering WHEE veereereeteeeceetteeeeeeeeeenseseceneeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeees 4 3 Electric power steering sie buen dubile gue acaeissundebuswareveawieeteess 4 31 aa E E E E T 4 32 Tilt steering IESE EEA 4 32 Steering wheel audio CON sisseesieesccseasssessencsevvesss see 4 107 Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit e 5 54 Storage COMPALtMENt seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee tees etete tees eteteetes 4 95 Center console SLOTAQE sereeeeeeeseseeeeeeseeeeeteteeetseeteeeesees 4 95 Gl ye DOK tai shiedevendetecersesientl case vicsetseasetent sions aiseeetesvess 4 95 Luggage r A 4 96 I O ET E 4 96 o a E E E E umniaees 4 27 SUVIST ctstsstebctesicesscnssvescsnessendicssctenatcessctabesieaessbascaseestees 4 98 T Tachometef esiseina eisini coset cases Er ENEO E ONDER EEES 4 38 Tail gate sssessssesssssesssessesssesssseessessesseesessssssessessesenasasasassnen 4 17 Tether anchor SYSTEM vereseeseeeeseeseeeesteeteteeteeeeseeeeteeereneeenes 3 28 Tilt Siesiinap eee iat ianitenmacia dent laentian 4 32 Tire and loading information label eeee 5 53 Tire CHains ssessecseceeeeceeesceeeeeeseeeceseeeneceereeeeeseeseeeseeaeeseeeenes 5 50 Tire mobility ea fisviess facet ices nent cays svensicesh E ese a T 6 21 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS eeeeeereeeeee 6 8 Tire specification and pressure label eeeeeeeees 8 8 Index a Tires and Wh
275. ontaining methanol 3 Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol Introduction I E85 fuel is an alternative fuel com prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 percent gasoline and is manufac tured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles E85 is not compati ble with your vehicle Use of E85 may result in poor engine perform ance and damage to your vehicle s engine and fuel system Kia recom mends that customers do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceed ing 10 percent NOTICE Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any performance problems caused by the use of E85 fuel Do not use methanol Fuels containing methanol wood alcohol should not be used in your vehicle This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and damage components of the fuel system NOTICE Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty may not cover damage to the fuel system and any perform ance problems that are caused by the use of fuels containing methanol Fuel Additives Kia recommends that you use good quality gasolines treated with deter gent additives such as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline which help pre vent deposit formation in the engine These gasolines will help the engine run cleaner and enhance perform ance of the Emission Control System For more information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline please go to the website www top tiergas com For customers who do not use TOP
276. orrectly Therefore to avoid harm to yourself or damage to your vehicle or battery follow these jump starting procedures If in doubt we strongly recommend that you have a competent technician or towing serv ice jump start your vehicle A CAUTION 12 volt battery Use only a 12 volt jumper sys tem You can damage a 12 volt starting motor ignition system and other electrical parts beyond repair by use of a 24 volt power supply either two 12 volt batteries in series or a 24 volt motor generator set A WARNING Frozen batteries Do not attempt to jump start the vehicle if the discharged battery is frozen or if the electrolyte level is low as the battery may rupture or explode A WARNING Battery Keep all flames or sparks away from the battery The battery produces hydrogen gas which will explode if exposed to flame or sparks A WARNING Battery Never attempt to check the elec trolyte level of the battery as this may cause the battery to rupture or explode A WARNING Sulfuric acid risk When jump starting your vehi cle be careful not to get acid on yourself your clothing or on the vehicle Automobile batteries contain sulfuric acid This is poisonous and highly corro sive Jump starting procedure Absorbent Glass Matt AGM batter ies are maintenance free and should only be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer For charging your AGM battery use only ful
277. ounting bolts Q Replace air cleaner filter Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Replace engine oil and filter Every 7 500 miles or 12 months O Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Every 7 500 miles or 12 months K Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance ee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 105 000 miles or 84 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrig erant and performance if equipped Q Inspect cooling system Q Inspect drive belt First 60 000 miles or 72 months after every 15 000 miles or 24 months Q Inspect drive shaft and boots Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Every 37 500 miles 60 000 km or 48 months Q Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid Brake lines hoses and connections Brake pedal and operation Chassis body nuts and bolts Drum brake and linings if equipped Disc brakes and pads if equipped 0 3 4 5 6 7 8 Exhaust pipe and muffler 9 Front suspension ball joints 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses Continued Continued 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 13 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts Q Replace climate control air filter if e
278. outside fresh air position are not selected automatically press the correspon ding button manually SoteseesseseeeeSe Sole See cete cease seca see sese scene seas Features of your vehicle OAM042067 To defrost outside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the highest extreme right position 2 Set the temperature to extreme hot position 3 Select the 7 position 4 The outside fresh air and air con ditioning will be selected automat ically the OAM042322 Automatic climate control sys tem To defog inside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the desired position 2 Select desired temperature 3 Press the defrost button 7 4 The air conditioning will be turned on according to the detected ambient temperature outside fresh air position and higher fan speed will be selected automati Cally If the air conditioning outside fresh air position and higher fan speed are not selected automatically adjust the corresponding button or knob manu ally If the 7 position is selected with a low fan speed a higher fan speed may be automatically selected Features of your vehicle a OAM042323 To defrost outside windshield 1 Set fan speed to the highest posi tion 2 Set temperature to the Maximum HI 3 Press the defrost button 7 4 The air conditioning will be turned on according to the detected ambient temperature and outside fresh air position will
279. oved de icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening If a lock is covered with ice squirt it with an approved de icing fluid to remove the ice If the lock is frozen internally you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key Handle the heat ed key with care to avoid injury Driving your vehicle Use approved window washer anti freeze in system To keep the water in the window washer system from freezing add an approved window washer anti freeze solution in accordance with instruc tions on the container Window wash er anti freeze is available from an authorized Kia dealer and most auto parts outlets Do not use engine coolant or other types of anti freeze as these may damage the paint fin ish Don t let your parking brake freeze Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position This is most likely to hap pen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporarily while you put the gear shift lever in P Park automatic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the parking brake Don t let ice and snow accu mulate underneath Under some conditions snow and ice can build up under the fenders and interfere with the steering When driving in severe winter conditions where this may
280. oving the radiator cap Wrap a thick towel around it and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system When you are sure all the pressure has been released press down on the cap using a thick towel and con tinue turning counterclockwise to remove it Maintenance BRAKE CLUTCH IF EQUIPPED FLUID OAM072007 Checking the brake clutch fluid level Check the fluid level in the reservoir periodically The fluid level should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake clutch fluid clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake clutch fluid contamination if equipped CAUTION Proper fluid Only use brake clutch fluid in brake clutch system Small amounts of improper fluids such as engine oil can cause damage to the brake clutch sys tem If the level is low add fluid to the MAX level The level will fall with accumulated mileage This is a nor mal condition associated with the wear of the brake linings and or clutch disc if equipped If the fluid level is excessively low have the brake clutch system checked by an authorized Kia dealer Use only the specified brake clutch fluid Refer to Recommended lubri cants and capacities in section 8 Never mix different types of fluid In the event the brake clutch system requires
281. plug drain plug or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be damaged Engine oil viscosity thickness has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating engine start and engine oil flowability Lower viscosi ty engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather perform ance however higher viscosity engine oils are required for satisfac tory lubrication in hot weather Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in engine damage When choosing an oil consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operated in before the next oil change Proceed to select the recom mended oil viscosity from the chart Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 Temperature 79 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 Gasoline 10w 30 Engine Oil 5W 20 5W 30 1 For better fuel economy it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W 20 API SM ILSAC GF 4 However if the engine oil is not avail able in your country select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN F
282. pproved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance it will not be cov ered by your manufacturer s vehicle warranty Features of your vehicle 5 OED039003A Battery replacement A transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium battery which will normally last for several years When replacement is necessary use the following proce dure 1 Insert a slim tool into the slot and gently pry open the transmitter center cover 2 Replace the battery with a new battery CR2032 When replacing the battery make sure the battery positive symbol faces up as indicated in the illustration 3 Install the battery in the reverse order of removal For transmitter replacement see an authorized Kia dealer to reprogram the transmitter The keyless entry system transmitter is designed to give you years of trou ble free use however it can malfunc tion if exposed to moisture or static electricity If you are unsure how to use your transmitter or replace the battery contact an authorized Kia dealer To avoid damaging the transmitter don t drop it get it wet or expose it to heat or sunlight An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law
283. purpose of this feature is to prevent the battery from being dis charged The system automatically turns off the parking lights when the driver removes the ignition key and opens the driver side door in that order With this feature the parking lights will turn off automatically if the driv er parks on the side of the road at night If necessary to keep the lights on when the ignition key is removed perform the following 1 Open the driver side door 2 Turn the parking lights OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column OXM049110 Lighting control The light switch has a Headlight and a Parking light position To operate the lights turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the following positions 1 OFF position 2 Parking light position 3 Headlight position 4 Auto light position if equipped Features of your vehicle OAM049041 Parking light position 200 When the light switch is in the park ing light position 1st position the tail license and instrument panel lights will turn ON OAM049042 Headlight position 20 When the light switch is in the head light position 2nd position the head tail license and instrument panel lights will turn ON The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights OMD040095 Auto light position if equipped When the light switch is in the AUTO light position the tailligh
284. quipped UO Replace engine oil and filter Every 7 500 miles or 12 months O Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Replace spark plugs iridium coated Q Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Every 7 500 miles or 12 months K Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance a NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 120 000 miles or 96 months U Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrig erant and performance if equipped U Inspect cooling system Q Inspect drive belt First 60 000 miles or 72 months after every 15 000 miles or 24 months Inspect drive shaft and boots O Inspect fuel filter Q Inspect fuel line hoses and connection O Inspect fuel tank air filter Inspect valve clearance Engine 1 6 Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Q Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid 3 Brake lines hoses and connections 4 Brake pedal and operation 5 Chassis body nuts and bolts 6 Drum brake and linings if equipped 7 Disc brakes and pads if equipped 8 Exhaust pipe and muffler 9 Front suspension ball joints Continued Continued 0 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 1 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 3 Steering operation and linkage 4 Suspension mounting bolts Q Replace air cleaner filter Q Replace climate con
285. r When the coolant temperature is low The system will be limited until engine performance becomes nor mal e When driving up a hill The system will be limited to gain power when driving uphill because the engine torque is restricted When using sports mode The sys tem will be limited according to the shift location When the accelerator pedal is deeply pressed for a few seconds The system will be limited judging that the driver wants to speed up Driving your vehicle ECONOMICAL OPERATION Your vehicle s fuel economy depends mainly on your style of driving where you drive and when you drive Each of these factors affects how many miles kilometers you can get from a gallon liter of fuel To operate your vehicle as economically as pos sible use the following driving sug gestions to help save money in both fuel and repairs e Drive smoothly Accelerate at a moderate rate Don t make jack rabbit starts or full throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruising speed Don t race between stop lights Try to adjust your speed to the traffic so you don t have to change speeds unnecessarily Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos sible Always maintain a safe dis tance from other vehicles so you can avoid unnecessary braking This also reduces brake wear e Drive at a moderate speed The faster you drive the more fuel your vehicle uses Driving at a moderate speed in the highest gear appro priate for the cond
286. raight out Maintenance Open the tailgate 2 Loosen the light assembly retain ing screws with a philips head screwdriver 3 Remove the rear combination light assembly from the body of the vehicle WW OAM079032 _ Rear combination light bulb replacement 1 Tail light and side marker Tail light Stop and tail light Stop and tail LED E Type Ak Tail and side maker OAM072066N Turn signal ie Po OAM072069N Tail light and side marker Turn signal light and Stop and tail light 4 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly PE EREE E E EE EEE Maintenance MM 5 Pull the bulb out of the socket 6 Insert a new bulb into the socket 7 Install the socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots on the assembly and turning the socket clockwise 8 Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle o Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place 7 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly and turning the socket clockwise 8 Reinstall the light assembly to the b
287. rame Number OUN088001 The vehicle identification number VIN is the number used in register ing your vehicle and in all legal mat ters pertaining to its ownership etc The number is punched on the floor under the front passenger seat To check the number remove the cover 1 VIN Label OVQ076002N The VIN is also on a plate attached to the top of the dashboard The number on the plate can easily be seen through the windshield from outside VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL A DARET OUN086004 The vehicle certification label attached on the drivers side center pillar gives the vehicle identification number VIN Jo scceaeses es So eee eee a eee ose e teen seece eet eee te cena Ste see eee ease ee eee eae ease e nee ce aoe eee E ee oo eee see eee ease eee ee ce ane ea moan Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER REFRIGERANT LABEL PRESSURE LABEL m Engine 1 6 OUN086005 OAMO72103L The tires supplied on your new vehi cle are chosen to provide the best performance for normal driving The tire label located on the driver s side center pillar gives the tire pres sures recommended for your vehicle The refrigerant label is located on the underside of the hood The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects CONSUMER ASSISTANCE U S
288. rand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Front Axle GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Rear axle Maintenance es es Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corre sponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated The maxi mum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum per missible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 pounds 68 kg Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of a asymmetrical tire that has a par ticular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The outward facing sidewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the inner facing sidewall Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and
289. rated for approximately 4 hours with the ignition off and then turn the engine on and off 2 or 3 times Driving your vehicle MANUAL TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED Vy The shift lever can be moved without pulling the ring 1 The ring 1 must be pulled up while moving the shift lever OAM052001 Manual transaxle operation The manual transaxle has 6 forward gears This shift pattern is imprinted on the shift knob The transaxle is fully syn chronized in all forward gears so shifting to either a higher or a lower gear is easily accomplished Depress the clutch pedal down fully while shifting then release it slowly If your vehicle is equipped with an ignition lock switch the engine will not start when starting the engine without depressing the clutch pedal The shift lever must be returned to the neutral position before shifting into R Reverse The ring 1 located below the shift knob must be pulled upward while moving the shift lever to the R Reverse position Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before shifting into R Reverse Never operate the engine with the tachometer rpm in the red zone CAUTION Downshifting Do not downshift more than 2 gears or downshift the gear when the engine is running at high speed 5 000 RPM or high er Such a downshifting may damage the engine e During cold weather shifting may be difficult until the transaxle lubri cant is warmed up This is
290. re What to do in an emergency TPMS Tire Pressure Monitoring System 0 malfunction indicator ue The low tire pressure telltale will illu minate after it blinks for approximate ly one minute when there is a prob lem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System If the system is able to cor rectly detect an underinflation warn ing at the same time as system fail ure then it will illuminate both the TPMS malfunction and low tire pres sure telltales e g if Front Left sensor fails the TPMS malfunction indicator illuminates but if the Front Right Rear Left or Rear Right tire is under inflated the low tire pressure telltales may illuminate together with the TPMS malfunction indicator Have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible to determine the cause of the problem e The TPMS malfunction indicator may be illuminated if the vehicle is moving around electric power sup ply cables or radios transmitter such as at police stations govern ment and public offices broadcast ing stations military installations airports or transmitting towers etc This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS The TPMS malfunction indicator may be illuminated if snow chains are used or some separate elec tronic devices such as notebook computer mobile charger remote starter or navigation etc are used in the vehicle This can interfere with normal operation
291. re designed to inflate in frontal colli sions they also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient frontal force in another type of impact Side impact and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in certain side impact collisions They may inflate in other type of collisions where a side force is detected by the sensors If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads or sidewalks air bags may deploy Drive carefully on unim proved roads or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment n 1VQA2086 Air bag non inflation conditions e In certain low speed collisions the air bags may not deploy The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the pro tection of the seat belts in such col lisions Safety features of your vehicle OUN036087 e Air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions because occu pants are moved backward by the force of the impact In this case inflated air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit inflate in side impact collisions because occupants move to the direction of the collision and thus in side impacts frontal air bag deployment would not provide additional occu pant protection e Front air bags may not 1VQA2089 In an angled collision the force of impact may direct the
292. re secure and that no leaks are pres ent Hoses should be replaced immediately if there is any evidence of deterioration or damage Air cleaner filter A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is recommended when the filter is replaced Spark plugs Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range Valve clearance for 1 6 Engine Inspect for excessive valve noise and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary An authorized Kia dealer should perform the operation Cooling system Check the cooling system compo nents such as the radiator coolant reservoir hoses and connections for leakage and damage Replace any damaged parts Coolant The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the mainte nance schedule Manual transaxle fluid if equipped Inspect the manual transaxle fluid according to the maintenance sched ule Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped Automatic transaxle fluid should not be checked under normal usage conditions But in severe conditions the fluid should be changed at an authorized Kia dealer in accordance to the scheduled maintenance at the begin ning of this section Maintenance a NOTICE Automatic transaxle fluid color is basically red As the vehicle is driven the auto matic transaxle fluid will begin to look darker It is normal condition and you should not judge the need to replace the fluid based upon the changed color The
293. re required When the air flow rate suddenly decreases the system should be checked at an authorized Kia dealer Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low the performance of the air con ditioning is reduced Overfilling also has a negative impact on the air con ditioning system Therefore if abnormal operation is found have the system inspected by an authorized Kia dealer CAUTION Compressor damage lt is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used Otherwise damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur The air conditioning system should be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED H Type A 1 Temperature control button 2 AUTO automatic control button 3 Air conditioning button 4 Air intake control button 5 A C display 6 OFF button 7 Front windshield defroster button 8 Rear windshield defroster button 9 Fan speed control switch 10 Mode selection button OAM042200 Features of your vehicle E Type B Temperature control button Front windshield defroster button Rear windshield defroster button Mode selection button AUTO automatic control button OFF button Climate information selection button 8 Air conditioning button 9 Air intake control button 10 Fan spee
294. reshener from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration If they do contact the interior parts wipe them off immediately See the instructions for the proper way to clean vinyl A CAUTION Electrical componants Never allow water or other liq uids to come in contact with electrical electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them CAUTION Leather When cleaning leather products steering wheel seats etc use neutral detergents or low alco hol content solutions If you use high alcohol content solutions or acid alkaline detergents the color of the leather may fade or the surface may get stripped off Cleaning the upholstery and inte rior trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fab ric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean with a mild soap solu tion recommended for upholstery or carpets Remove fresh spots imme diately with a fabric spot cleaner If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected Also its fire resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not proper ly maintained Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabrics appearance and fire resistant properties Cleaning the lap shoulder belt webbing Cl
295. right position remember to return the rear shoulder belts to their proper position A WARNING Rear seatback When returning the rear seat back from a folded to an upright position hold the seatback and return it slowly Ensure that the seatback is completely locked into its upright position by pushing on the top of the seat back In an accident or sudden stop the unlocked seatback could allow cargo to move for ward with great force and enter the passenger compartment A WARNING Cargo Do not place heavy objecis in the rear seats since they can not be properly secured and may hit vehicle occupants in a frontal collision Pie sceeaeses see ece se Sa eee ea erases cee eee toe ee see eee eee eee sete eae sea see ede ce aoe cate eee asec sees eee e soo eee aeeceee nse eee ee soee les eeaaeee Safety features of your vehicle OPA039053 Headrest The rear seat s is equipped with headrests in all the seating positions for the occupant s safety and com fort The headrest not only provides com fort for passengers but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a collision For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident the headrest should be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of an occupant s head Generally the center of gravity of most people s head is similar with the height as the top of their eyes Also adjust the headrest
296. rinflated Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation valve caps Without the valve cap dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage If a valve cap is missing install a new one as soon as possible Always observe the following e Check tire pressure when the tires are cold After vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or hasn t been driven more than one mile 1 6 km since startup Check the pressure of your spare tire each time you check the pres sure of other tires e Never overload your vehicle Be careful not to overload a vehicle luggage rack if your vehicle is equipped with one Checking tire inflation pres sure Check your tires once a month or more Also check the tire pressure of the spare tire How to check Use a good quality gage to check tire pressure You can not tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by look ing at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they re underinflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Maintenance es Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firm ly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire and loading information label no further adjust ment is necessary
297. riving and retighten the chains any time you hear them hitting the vehicle Use high quality ethylene gly col coolant Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cool ing system lubricates the water pump and prevents freezing Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance schedule in section 7 Before winter have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter Check battery and cables Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system Visually inspect the battery and cables as described in section 7 The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an authorized Kia dealer or a service station Change to winter weight oil if necessary In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity winter weight oil be used during cold weather See section 8 for recommendations If you aren t sure what weight oil you should use consult an authorized Kia dealer Check spark plugs and igni tion system Inspect your spark plugs as described in section 7 and replace them if necessary Also check all ignition wiring and components to be sure they are not cracked worn or damaged in any way To keep locks from freezing To keep the locks from freezing squirt an appr
298. rking brake and make sure the brake warning light goes out For safe operation be sure you are familiar with your vehicle and its equipment Driving your vehicle Driving your vehicle KEY POSITIONS OUN036002 Ignition switch position LOCK The steering wheel locks to protect against theft The ignition key can be removed only in the LOCK position When turning the ignition switch to the LOCK position push the key inward at the ACC position and turn the key toward the LOCK position The anti theft steering column lock is not a substitute for the parking brake Before leaving the driver s seat always make sure the shift lever is engaged in 1st gear for the manual transaxle or P Park for automatic transaxle set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off ACC Accessory The steering wheel is unlocked and electrical accessories are operative If difficulty is experienced turning the ignition switch to the ACC position turn the key while turning the steer ing wheel right and left to release the tension ON The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started This is the normal running position after the engine is started Do not leave the ignition switch ON if the engine is not running to prevent battery discharge START Turn the ignition switch to the START position to start the engine The engine will crank until you release the key then it returns to the ON position
299. rned to the ON position or after the engine is started If the front passenger seat is occupied the occu pant detection sensor will then clas sify the front passenger after several more seconds Safety features of your vehicle Any child age 12 and under should ride in the rear seat Children too large for child restraints should use the available lap shoulder belts No matter what type of crash children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat NOTICE Do not modify or replace the front passenger seat Don t place anything on or attach anything such as a blan ket front seat covers or after market seat heater to the front passenger seat This can adversely affect the occupant detection system If the occupant detection system is not working properly the SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate because the passenger s front air bag is connect ed with the occupant detection sys tem If there is a malfunction of the occupant detection system the PAS SENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator will not illuminate and the passen ger s front air bag will inflate in frontal impact crashes even if there is no occupant in the front passenger s seat OAM039028 Driver s and passenger s front air bag Your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Restraint Air Bag System and lap shoulder belts at both the driver and passen ger seating position Safety features of yo
300. rning light illuminates while the vehicle is in motion 1 Drive to the nearest safe location 2 With the engine off check the gen erator drive belt for looseness or breakage 3 If the belt is adjusted properly a problem exists somewhere in the electrical charging system Have an authorized Kia dealer correct the problem as soon as possible Tailgate open warning light a This warning light illuminates when the tailgate is not closed securely with the ignition switch in any posi tion Door ajar warning light f This warning light illuminates when a door is not closed securely with the ignition switch in any position Auto stop indicator if equipped A This indicator will illuminate when the engine enters the Idle Stop mode of the ISG Idle Stop and Go system When the automatic starting occurs the auto stop indicator on the cluster will blink for 5 seconds For more details refer to the ISG Idle Stop and Go system in section 5 NOTICE When the engine automatically starts by the ISG system some warning lights ABS ESP ESP OFF EPS or Parking brake warning light may turn on for a few seconds This happens because of low battery voltage It does not mean the system is malfunctioning Features of your vehicle Low fuel level warning light ry This warning light indicates the fuel tank is nearly empty When it comes on you should add fuel as soon as possible Driving with the fu
301. rsonal lamp for the driver and the front pas senger 2 DOOR The light will turn on as below if the button is pressed The light will turn off if the button is pressed again The light comes on when any door or tailgate is opened regardless of the ignition switch posi tion When doors are unlocked by the transmitter or the key is removed from the ignition switch the light comes on for approximately 30 sec onds as long as any door is not opened The light goes out gradually after approximately 30 seconds if the door is closed However if the ignition switch is ON or all doors are locked the light will turn off immediately If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK position the light stays on for about 20 minutes However if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position the light stays on continuously S EEE EE E AE EE E E E E A E en Same eee eee Features of your vehicle OAM049053 Room lamp The light will turn on and off accord ing to the switch position 1 OFF The light stays off at all times 2 DOOR The light comes on when any door or tailgate is opened regardless of the ignition switch position When doors are unlocked by the transmitter or the key is removed from the igni tion switch the light comes on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is not opened The light goes out gradually after approxi mately 30 seconds if the door is close
302. rt key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio sta tion or an airport which can inter fere with normal operation of the smart key The smart key is near a mobile two way radio system or a cellu lar phone Another vehicle s smart key is being operated close to your vehicle When the smart key does not work correctly open and close the door with the mechanical key and con tact an authorized Kia dealer Continued Features of your vehicle Continued e If the smart key is in close proximi ty to your cell phone or smart phone the signal from the smart key could be blocked by normal operation of your cell phone or smart phone This is especially important when the phone is active such as making call receiving calls text messaging and or send ing receiving emails Avoid placing the smart key and your cell phone or smart phone in the same pants or jacket pocket and maintain ade quate distance between the two devices CAUTION Smart key Keep the smart key away from water or any liquid as it can become damaged and not func tion properly If the smart key is inoperative due to exposure to water or liquids it will not be covered by your manufacturer s vehicle warranty OEN040002K Door lock unlock in an emer gency situation If the smart key does not operate normally you can lock or unlock the doors by using the mechanical key 1 Press and hold the release button 1 and remov
303. rter AMP SUNROOF 20A Sunroof Motor FOG LP FRT 15A Front Fog Lamp Relay T GATE OPEN 15A Tail Gate Relay Data Link Connector DRL Relay FOG LP RR 10A ACON 10A A C Control Module E R Fuse amp Relay Box H LP HI Relay Blower Relay Active Incar Sensor A V amp Navigation Touch PDM 1 10A PDM Audio Mood Lamp Module Power Outside Mirror Switch Smart Key Control Module PDM ACC 10A ATM Key Lock Control Module A V amp Navigation Head Unit BCM AMP A V amp Navigation Touch ISG Low DC DC Converter Audio AMP C LIGHTER 20A Cigarette Lighter Rear Power Outlet Maintenance EES Sere Description Fuse rating Protected component HTD MIRR 10A ECM PCM Driver Passenger Power Outside Mirror A C Control Module A V amp Navigation Touch DR LOCK 20A Door Lock Relay Door Unlock Relay 2 Turn Lock Relay Stop Lamp Switch Multipurpose Check Connector HAC Relay Stop Lamp Relay oe Ei Sport Mode Switch Key Solenoid Vehicle Speed Sensor M T ATM Shift Lever Indicator ATM Key Lock Control Module TCU 10A Transaxle Range Switch ABS 10A ESC Module ESC Switch E R Fuse amp Relay Box Multipurpose Check Connector Tire Pressure Monitoring Module ISG Low DC DC Converter Audio AMP IG1 10A Driver Passenger Seat Warmer Switch Driver Passenger Seat Warmer ISG Switch Electro Chromic Mirror Oil Pump Invertor Stop Lamp Switch HAC Relay P OUTLET FRT 15A Front Power
304. rtification label The certification label is located on the driver s door sill at the center pil lar This label shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle This is called the GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and Cargo This label also tells you the maxi mum weight that can be supported by the front and rear axles called Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle Your dealer can help you with this Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the center line A WARNING Over load ing Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle the GAWR for either the front or rear axle and vehicle capacity weight Exceeding these ratings can affect your vehicle s handling and braking ability The label will help you decide how much cargo and installed equipment your vehicle can carry If you carry items inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they are moving as fast as the vehicle If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash the items will keep going and can cause an injury if they strike the driv er or a passenger A WARNING Over load ing Do not overload your vehicle Overloading your vehicle can cause heat buildup in your vehi cle s tires and possible
305. rument panel which illuminates the words PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicating the front passen ger air bag system is deactivated The instrument panel air bag warn ing light is interconnected with the occupant detection system If the front passenger seat is occu pied by a person that the system determines to be of adult size and he she sits properly sitting upright with the seatback in an upright posi tion centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfort ably extended and their feet on the floor the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator will turn off and the front passenger s air bag will be able to inflate if necessary in frontal crashes You will find the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator on the center facia panel This system detects the conditions 1 4 in the following table and activates or deactivates the front passenger air bag based on these conditions Safety features of your vehicle Always be sure that you and all vehi cle occupants are seated and restrained properly sitting upright with the seat in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended feet on the floor and wear ing the safety belt properly for the most effective protection by the air bag and the safety belt e The ODS Occupant Detection System may not function properly if the passenger takes actions which can affect the detection system These include 1 Fai
306. ry metallic point for example the engine lifting bracket away from the battery 4 Do not con nect it to or near any part that moves when the engine is cranked Do not allow the jumper cables to contact anything except the correct battery terminals or the correct ground Do not lean over the bat tery when making connections CAUTION Battery cables Do not connect the jumper cable from the negative terminal of the booster battery to the negative terminal of the dis charged battery This can cause the discharged battery to over heat and crack releasing bat tery acid 5 Start the engine of the vehicle with the booster battery and let it run at 2 000 rpm then start the engine of the vehicle with the discharged battery If the cause of your battery discharg ing is not apparent you should have your vehicle checked by an author ized Kia dealer Push starting Vehicles equipped with automatic transaxle and manual transaxle vehi cles equipped with clutch lock sys tem cannot be push started Follow the directions in this section for jump starting What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS If your temperature gauge indicates overheating you experience a loss of power or hear loud pinging or knocking the engine will probably be too hot If this happens you should 1 Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so 2 Place the shift lever in P Park automatic transaxle
307. s Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refriger ant and performance if equipped U Inspect cooling system Inspect drive shaft and boots Q Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition Brake pedal and operation Chassis body nuts and bolts Drum brake and linings if equipped Disc brakes and pads if equipped Exhaust pipe and muffler Front suspension ball joints 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 13 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Continued Continued O Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Every 7 500 miles or 12 months K Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance S NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 30 000 miles or 24 months Q Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrig erant and performance if equipped Q Inspect cooling system Q Inspect drive shaft and boots Q Inspect fuel filter Q Inspect fuel line hoses and connection Q Inspect fuel tank air filter Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Every 37 500 miles 60 000 km or 48 months Q Inspect vapor
308. s Do not allow battery acid to contact your skin eyes clothing or paint finish Wear eye protection when charging or work ing near a battery Always provide ventila tion when working in an enclosed space Maintenance Always read the following instructions carefully when handling a battery An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation The battery contains lead Do not dispose of it after use Please return the battery to an authorized Kia dealer to be recycled A WARNING Recharging battery Never attempt to recharge the battery when the battery cables are connected When you don t use the vehicle for a long time in the low temperature area separate the battery and keep it indoors A WARNING California proposition 65 Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer birth defects and reproductive harm Batteries also contain other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer Wash hands after handling A WARNING Risk of electrocution Never touch the electrical igni tion system while the vehicle is running This system works with high voltage which can Zap you Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance
309. s a difference in the time taken for recognition of the device Do not use the USB device for pur poses other than playing music files Playing videos through the USB is not supported If you use devices such as a USB hub purchased separately the vehicle s audio system may not recognize the USB device In that case connect the USB device directly to the multimedia terminal of the vehicle If the USB device is divided by log ical drives only the music files on the highest priority drive are recog nized by car audio Devices such as MP3 Player Cellular phone Digital camera can be unrecognizable by standard USB I F can be unrecognizable io Scceaeses es So eke eee eee ose tenses eet eee cen E a Reese se eae oe eee neat eee ete et ames esas eee ene oS Meee ase eee ence ema ee Same eee ere eae Features of your vehicle e Charging through the USB may not be supported in some mobile devices A car exclusive cable Provided or sold separately is required to use the iPod Some non standard USB devices METAL COVER TYPE USB can be unrecognizable Some USB flash memory readers such as CF SD microSD etc or external HDD type devices can be unrecognizable Music files protected by DRM DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGE MENT are not recognizable The data in the USB memory may be lost while using this audio Always back up important data on a personal storage device CAUTION USB jack damage Please avoid
310. s can be operated for approximately 30 seconds after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position However if the front doors are opened the power windows cannot be operated even within the 30 second period In cold and wet climates power win dows may not work properly due to freezing conditions NOTICE While driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof if equipped in an open or partially open position your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise This noise is a nor mal occurrence and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the follow ing actions If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down partially lower both front windows approximately one inch If you experience the noise with the sunroof open slightly reduce the size of the sunroof opening OAM049013 Window opening and closing The driver s door has a master power window switch that controls all the windows in the vehicle To open or close a window press down or pull up the front portion of the corresponding switch to the first detent position 5 Features of your vehicle a OAM042012 Auto down window Driver s window Pressing the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position 6 completely lowers the drivers window even when the switch is released To stop the win dow at the desired position while the window is in operation momentarily pu
311. s not indicate a prob lem When operating When the ESC is in opera tion the ESC indicator light blinks eWhen the Electronic Stability Control is operat ing properly you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehi cle This is only the effect of brake control and indi cates nothing unusual e When moving out of the mud or driving on a slip pery road pressing the accelerator pedal may not cause the engine rpm revolutions per minute to increase Driving your vehicle ESC operation off ESC OFF state E ESC indicator light e To cancel ESC operation press the ESC OFF button ae ESC OFF indicator light ee illuminates E ESC OFF indicator light elf the ignition switch is w turned to LOCK position when ESC is off ESC ee remains off Upon restart OFF ing the engine the ESC Indicator light will automatically turn on sane again When the ignition switch is turned ON the indicator light illuminates then goes off if ESC system is oper ating normally The ESC indicator light blinks when ever ESC is operating and illumi nates when ESC fails to operate The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off with the button Driving with varying tire or wheel sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction When replacing tires make sure they are the same size as your original tires Driving your vehicle ESC OFF usage When driving e It s a good idea to keep the ESC t
312. s tasi sorissrsrer enis aser iE 4 38 Dashboard see instrument cluster esee eeeetreerereeree 4 37 Defogging Windshield ssessesseeeeeeeseeseeeens 4 9 Defogging logic Windshield s sssesseseseeseeseees 4 93 Defroster Rear Window srr ssesesteteteseseeseneeneneteneiees 4 72 Defrosting Windshield sessessesseeeeeeeeeseeeens 4 9 Dimensions ci bese ceeds staet secscsedcabeedenadcanssochessesessevtezadens 8 2 Display illumination see instrument panel illuminations eesisee sev cnedscbiaveccsvstectescenecveeaveveueiceedls 4 38 Displays see instrument Cluster err eetetttee t 4 37 Door lOCK Ss rsisi cesecccueseestesteteneescontaescedctesnseveuenades 4 13 Central door lock switch 1 esseeeesseseesseseeeeeseeeeeeeees 4 15 Child protector rear door LOCK eeereeeeeereerereeeeres 4 16 Index EEE Drinks holders see cup holders ciei risrreniiccoieiansssssa 4 98 Driver s 3 point seat b elfsssssissiosisisiisisesuoiiinss sssini 3 15 Driver s and passenger s front air bageeeeeeereeereeeee 3 44 Driving at night EITI EEE I A A E EEN E E A AAA 5 46 Driving In FlOOdE ALEAS cereais iesise isnscit ienest 5 47 Driving AND Era eer eS e ee EEE EERSTES ES 5 47 E Economical operation EE E PE E E A 5 42 Electric Chromic Mirror eeseseeseeseseeerereesesseseseeereeeeesessesen 4 33 Electric power steering ER ARTE E ET E E 4 31 Electrical equipment E E E E E 8 12 Electronic stability control ESC
313. se control opera tion repeat the steps provided in To OAMos9011 set cruise control speed on the pre eo vious page To resume cruising speed at more than approximately 25 mph 40 km h If any method other than the CRUISE ON OFF switch was used to cancel cruising speed and the sys tem is still activated the most recent set speed will automatically resume when the RES switch is pushed It will not resume however if the vehicle speed has dropped below approximately 25 mph 40 km h Driving your vehicle ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED OAM052061L Active ECO operation Active ECO helps improve fuel effi ciency by controlling certain engine and transaxle system operating parameters Fuel efficiency depends on the driver s driving habit and road condition SEE O EE AE AE EE E E E A E E co enn eee aeee e When the Active ECO button is pressed the ECO indicator green will illuminate to show that the Active ECO is operating When the Active ECO is activated it will remain on until the Active ECO button is pressed again Active ECO does not turn off when the engine is restarted To turn off Active ECO press the Active ECO button again If Active ECO is turned off the sys tem will return to the normal mode Limitation of Active ECO oper ation If the following conditions occur while Active ECO is operating the system operation is limited even though there is no change in the ECO indi cato
314. seat belt webbing is not twisted Fasten the lap shoulder belt latch into the buckle Listen for the dis tinct click sound Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emer gency OEN036102 Pull the shoulder portion of the seat belt all the way out When the shoulder portion of the seat belt is fully extended it will shift the retractor to the Automatic Locking child restraint mode Safety features of your vehicle OEN036103 Slowly allow the shoulder portion of the seat belt to retract and listen for an audible clicking or ratchet ing sound This indicates that the retractor is in the Automatic Locking mode If no distinct sound is heard repeat steps 3 and 4 Jo SccSaeseses Soak eee eee ease eee nase eee eet eee eno AE eee es ete eae ease e enema ce aoe cee E eto Meee EE soe meme eee Safety features of your vehicle OEN036104 Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down on the child restraint system while feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor Push and pull on the child restraint system to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place If it is not release the seat belt and repeat steps 2 through 6 7 Double check that the retractor is in the Automatic Locking mode by attempting to pull more of the seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot the retractor is in the
315. sh impact is severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre tensioner seat belt deployment The SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for about 6 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position after which the SRS air bag warning light should go out If any of the following conditions occurs this indicates a malfunction of the SRS Have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possible e The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON e The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds e The light comes on while the vehi cle is in motion e The light blinks when the ignition switch is in ON position Safety features of your vehicle Driver s front air bag 1 7 D j A B240B01L The front air bag modules are locat ed both in the center of the steering wheel and in the front passenger s panel above the glove box When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle it will automatically deploy the front air bags Driver s front air bag 2 yr B240B02L Upon deployment tear seams mold ed directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags Further opening of the covers then allows full inflation of the air bags Driver s front air bag 3 B240B03L A fully inflated air bag in combina tion with a properl
316. si tion 4 Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort e When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control to the extreme left position set the mode control to the MAX A C position then set the fan speed control to the highest speed Features of your vehicle A CAUTION Excessive A C When using the air conditioning system monitor the engine coolant closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside temperatures are high Air conditioning system opera tion may cause engine over heating and potential engine damage Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air con ditioning system off if the engine coolant temperature gauge indicates engine over heating Air conditioning system operation tips e If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air conditioning system During air conditioning system operation you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning com pressor cycles This is a normal system operation characteristic Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system per formance e When using the air conditioning system you
317. side window defrosters Defrost mode A D Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters Features of your vehicle OAM042059 Instrument panel vents The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the thumb wheel Also you can adjust the direction of air delivery from these vents using the vent control lever as shown OAM042062 Temperature control The temperature control knob allows you to control the temperature of the air flow from the ventilation system To change the air temperature in the passenger compartment turn the knob to the right position for warm air or left position for cooler air OAM042060 To operate the MAX A C turn the temperature knob to extreme left Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face In this mode the air conditioning and the recirculated air position will be selected automatically Features of your vehicle Recirculated air position Prolonged operation of the heater in With the recirculated air the recirculated air position without position selected air air conditioning selected may cause from the passenger com fogging of the windshield and side partment will be drawn Windows and the air within the pas through the heating sys Senger compartment may become tem and heated or Stale cooled according to the In addition prolonged use of the air function selected cond
318. stalling and gives better acceleration when you need to increase your speed again When the vehicle is traveling down steep hills downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life Good driving practices e Never take the vehicle out of gear and coast down a hill This is extremely hazardous Always leave the vehicle in gear Don t ride the brakes This can cause them to overheat and mal function Instead when you are driving down a long hill slow down and shift to a lower gear When you do this engine braking will help slow down the vehicle Slow down before shifting to a lower gear This will help avoid over revving the engine which can cause damage Slow down when you encounter cross winds This gives you much better control of your vehicle Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into reverse The transaxle can be damaged if you do not Driving your vehicle Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface Be especially careful when braking accelerating or shifting gears On a slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control Always buckle up In a collision an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant Never exceed posted speed limits fio scce neces es Soak EEO EE eee eet eee cena Ste see e
319. sture can be dispersed For all these rea sons it is particularly important to keep your vehicle clean and free of mud or accumulations of other mate rials This applies not only to the vis ible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the vehicle Maintenance O_O To help prevent corrosion You can help prevent corrosion from getting started by observing the fol lowing Keep your vehicle clean The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your vehicle clean and free of corrosive materials Attention to the underside of the vehicle is partic ularly important e If you live in a high corrosion area where road salts are used near the ocean areas with industrial pollution acid rain etc you should take extra care to prevent corrosion In winter hose off the underside of your vehicle at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over e When cleaning underneath the vehicle give particular attention to the components under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view Do a thorough job just dampening the accumulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it Water under high pres sure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials When cleaning lower door panels rocker panels and frame members be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not
320. sure not to position cargo onto the roof rack in such a way that it could interfere with sunroof oper ation Features of your vehicle To prevent damage or loss of cargo while driving check frequently before or while driving to make sure the items on the roof rack are securely fastened e Always drive slowly and turn cor ners carefully when carrying items on the roof rack Severe wind updrafts caused by passing vehi cles or natural causes can cause sudden upward pressure on items loaded on the roof rack This is especially true when carrying large flat items such as wood pan els or mattresses This could cause the items to fall off the roof rack and cause damage to your vehicle or others around you Features of your vehicle AUDIO SYSTEM If you install an aftermarket HID head lamps your vehicle s audio and electronic devices may malfunction Ui OHM048154N Antenna if equipped Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to receive AM or and FM broadcast sig nals This antenna is removable To remove the roof antenna turn it counterclockwise To install the roof antenna turn it clockwise CAUTION Antenna Before entering a place with a low height clearance or a car wash remove the antenna by rotating it counterclockwise If not the antenna may be dam aged e When reinstalling your roof anten na it is important that it is fully tightened and adjusted to the upright position to ens
321. switches off 2 Open the fuse panel cover OAM079047 3 Pull the suspected fuse straight out Use the removal tool provided on the fuse panel cover 4 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown Spare fuses are provided in the instrument panel fuse panel or in the engine compartment fuse panel 5 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance If you do not have a spare use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle such as the cigarette lighter fuse If the headlights or other electrical components do not work and the fuses are OK check the fuse panel in the engine compartment If a fuse is blown it must be replaced OAM079022 Memory fuse Your vehicle is equipped with a mem ory fuse to prevent battery discharge if your vehicle is parked without being operated for prolonged peri ods Use the following procedures before parking the vehicle for pro longed periods 1 Turn off the engine 2 Turn off the headlights and tail lights 3 Open the driver s side panel cover and pull out the memory fuse e If the memory fuse is pulled out from the fuse panel the warning chime audio clock and interior lamps etc will not operate Some items must be reset after replace ment Refer to Battery in this sec tion Even when th
322. t must be used Before buying a par ticular child restraint system make sure it fits your car seat and seat belts and fits your child Follow all the instructions provided by the manufacturer when installing the child restraint system A CAUTION Hot child restraint A child restraint system can become very hot if it is left in a closed vehicle on a sunny day Be sure to check the seat cover buckles and latches before plac ing a child in the restraint sys tem When the child restraint system is not in use store it in the luggage area or fasten it with a seat belt so that it will not be thrown forward in case of a sudden stop or an acci dent Safety features of your vehicle A WARNING Holding children Never hold a child in your arms or lap when riding in a vehicle The violent forces created dur ing a crash will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the car s interior Always use a child restraint system which is appropriate for your child s height and weight A WARNING Seat belt use Do not use one seat belt for two occupants at the same time This will eliminate any safety benefit provided by the seat belt to the occupanis A WARNING Unattended Children Never leave children unattend ed in a vehicle The car can heat up very quickly resulting in injuries to the child in the vehi cle Rearward facing child restraint system anne
323. ted parts which may not be covered under your New Vehicle Emissions Limited Warranty 2 We must therefore clearly state that when you leave the country in which you purchased your Kia new and register it in another country problems arising from the use of fuel other than the specified fuel are not subject to manufacturers warranty Because vehicles like yours may not be marketed in the new country of reg istration parts servicing techniques and tools neces sary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be unavailable Even if vehicles like yours are sold there mechanical specifications required by the government may vary enough from the country of purchase to cause addi tional problems 3 There may not be an Authorized Kia Dealer in the area in which you plan to register your vehicle You may additionally experience difficulty in obtaining services in a foreign country for any number of reasons Further we cannot assume any responsibility for prob lems that result from unsatisfactory service or lack of service outside of the United States Si cee ees s See eee see eee ees e eee eee Ss So ateses cece cese sea e Se E ese ae osSee Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT U S ONLY The electrical system of your vehicle is designed to per form under all reasonably expected operating conditions However before any additional electrical equipment is installed in your vehicle consult
324. the AIR BAG warning light does not come on or continuously remains on after operating for about 6 seconds when you turned the ignition switch to the ON position or started the engine or if it comes on while driv ing have the SRS inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Anti lock brake system ABS warning light This warning light illuminates if the ignition switch is turned ON and goes off in approximately 3 seconds if the system is operating normally If the ABS warning light remains on comes on while driving or does not come on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position this indi cates that the ABS may have mal functioned If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible The normal braking system will still be opera tional but without the assistance of the anti lock brake system Electronic brake force distribu O tion EBD sys BRAKE tem warning light If these two warning lights shown illu minate at the same time while driv ing the ABS and EBD system may have malfunctioned In this case your ABS and regular brake system may not work normally Have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible If the ABS warning light or EBD warning light is on and stays on the speedometer or odometer tripmeter may not work In this case have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible Seat belt warning
325. the vehicle may be driven damage the emission system and cause multiple issues such as hard starting If an excessive amount of foreign matter accumulates in the fuel tank the filter may require replacement more frequently After installing a new filter run the engine for several minutes and check for leaks at the connections Fuel filters should be installed by an authorized Kia dealer Fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections Check the fuel lines fuel hoses and connections for leakage and dam age Have an authorized Kia dealer replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately Vapor hose and fuel filler cap The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those inter vals specified in the maintenance schedule Make sure that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor rectly replaced Maintenance sy Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses Inspect the surface of hoses for evi dence of heat and or mechanical damage Hard and brittle rubber cracking tears cuts abrasions and excessive swelling indicate deterio ration Particular attention should be paid to examine those hose surfaces nearest to high heat sources such as the exhaust manifold Inspect the hose routing to assure that the hoses do not come in con tact with any heat source sharp edges or moving component which might cause heat damage or mechanical wear Inspect all hose connections such as clamps and couplings to make sure they a
326. tion Trip interruption expense benefits are provided in the event that a warranty related disablement occurs more than 150 miles from your home and the repairs require more than 24 hours to complete Reasonable reimburse ment is included for meals lodging or rental car expens es Trip interruption coverage is limited to 100 per day subject to a three day maximum limit per incident You must contact the Kia Roadside Assistance Center to obtain pre authorization of expenses Once the Kia Roadside Assistance Center gives authorization for trip interruption benefits they will assist you in making the necessary arrangements Insurance deductibles expenses and claims paid by your insurance company or other providers are not eligible for reimbursement Fleet vehicles are excluded from reimbursement under Kia s Trip Interruption Policy Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects Registering your vehicle in a foreign country If you plan to register your vehicle in a foreign country you should confirm that it conforms to the regulations in that country Even if you successfully register the vehicle in a foreign country you may experience the following problems and should therefore consider the possibility of having to deal with them 1 The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable If other than the specified fuel is used it could cause damage to the engine the fuel injection system and other fuel rela
327. tion for the seatback to lock io sceeaeses ns Soames ee ease teen esas eet eee te cena Ste see eee eae eee ee ete eae ease e ene ce aoe cee et E oS Meee seeeee ence eee e sae enema eee e Safety features of your vehicle OPA039052 Headrest The driver s and front passenger s seats are equipped with a headrest ee occupant s safety and com ort The headrest not only provides com fort for the driver and front passen ger but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a collision For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident the headrest should be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of an occupant s head Generally the center of gravity of most people s head is similar with the height of the top of their eyes Also adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible MA For this reason the use of a cushion f that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended OAM039005 Forward and rearward adjustment The headrest may be adjusted for ward to 4 different positions by pulling the headrest forward to the desired detent To adjust the head rest to it s furthest rearward position pull it fully forward to the farthest position and release it Adjust the headrest so that it properly supports the head and neck Safety features of your vehicle M OAM039006 Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest pull it up
328. tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label for recommended inflation pressure 6 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire Maintenance ee 7 Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maxi mum section width For example TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A Tread wear The tread wear grade is a compara tive rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified govern ment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half times 11 2 as well on the gov ernment course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate These grades are molded on the side walls of passenger vehicle tires The tires available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicle may vary with respect to grade Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used Regardless of the remaining tread we recom
329. tivated in crashes where the collision is severe enough When the vehicle stops suddenly or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly the seat belt retractor will lock into position In certain frontal collisions the pre tensioner will acti vate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant s body If the system senses excessive seat belt tension on the driver or passen ger s seat belt when the pre tension er activates the load limiter inside the seat belt retractor will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt Jose aeses ns Se eke eee eee Sosa eee eset eee eee e AE eee ee ete eae ease ee nee ce aoe cee E oS Meee see eee ese eee en soe eee ee eee Safety features of your vehicle OAM032060N The seat belt pre tensioner system consists mainly of the following com ponents Their locations are shown in the illustration 1 SRS air bag warning light 2 Retractor pre tensioner assembly 3 Anchor pre tensioner assembly 4 SRS control module Both the driver s and front passen ger s pre tensioner seat belts may be activated in certain frontal collisions The pre tensioners will not be acti vated if the seat belts are not being worn at the time of the collision NOTICE When the pre tensioner seat belts are activated a loud noise may be heard and fine dust which may appear to be smoke may be visible in the passenger compartment These are normal operating condi ti
330. to AM FM SIRIUS CD iPod ect m Phone Setup All Bluetooth wireless technology related operations can be performed in PHONE menu 1 Push the button to enter SETUP mode 2 Select Phone item by rotating the knob then push the knob 3 Select desired item by rotating the knob then push the knob e Pairing a phone Before using Bluetooth wireless technology features the phone must be paired registered with the audio system Up to 5 phones can be paired with the system NOTE e The pairing procedure of the phone varies according to each phone model Before attempting to pair phone please see your phone s User s Guide for instructions e Once pairing with the phone is com pleted there is no need to pair with that phone again unless the phone is deleted manually from the audio system refer Deleting a Phone section or the vehicle s information is removed from the phone Features of your vehicle Press button to enter SETUP mode Select Phone then Pair in PHONE menu The audio displays Device Name passkey 0000 Search and select the device name in your mobile phone to starting the pairing process NOTE e If the phone is paired with two or more vehicles of the same model some phones may not handle Bluetooth wireless technology enabled devices of that name cor rectly In this case you may need to change the name displayed on your ph
331. to engine and chassis components It is written for the Journeyman mechanic but is simple enough for most mechanically inclined owners to under stand Electrical troubleshooting manual This manual complements the Service Manual by provid ing indepth troubleshooting information for each electrical circuit in your vehicle Owner s manual This manual describes the overall features and operating procedures for the vehicle Index A Active eco SYSUOM resceseesesseseseseeseeeeeeeeeereeeeeeeeeeteeneneenees 5 4 Advanced lighting speaker AAAS ARETE AET ERE 4 108 Air bag warning lapel icescsascsends castesee ssc caotscessieasestessseaseates 3 56 Air bag warning light RNA T E EE T 3 35 Alig aggi innti tieit 3 32 Air bag warning Jabel iiissssrssssesisssiseieicssesiwrsosossssssi 3 56 Air bag warning light PEE L E E E E NE 3 35 Curtain air bag E EREE EEE SIE EE T T OTE 3 48 Driver s and passenger s front air bag eeens 3 44 Occupant detection systeMeeeeeteeerrtrerterrereereree 3 38 Side impact air bag EIEE EE EIEE E A E 3 47 SRS components and FUNCTIONS etesse isiesseissseesssess 3 36 AUir CICANEL e e ese eeeeeeececeeceeeseneeeeeesescnseecsneeeeseeeeseeeeesenes 7 34 Antenna Roof Las aeuaare oieas essing dates cisaweends S 4 106 Anti lock brake system ABS eeens 5 28 Appearance CALE ieee E 7278 EXteLriOr CAL sieeec eset eeceeeeceeeeceeeeceeeseeeceeeseeeeseeeeeeeeeeees TTR Intenor CALE err eeceeceeteeeteee
332. ton ON e With automatic transaxle To turn off the engine START RUN position or vehicle power ON posi tion press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park position When you press the ENGINE START STOP button without the shift lever in the P Park position the ENGINE START STOP button will not change to the OFF position but to the ACC position Before leaving the driver s seat always make sure the shift lever is engaged in P Park set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off In an emergency situation while the vehicle is in motion you are able to turn the engine off and to the ACC position by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button for more than 2 seconds or 3 times successively within 3 seconds If the vehicle is still moving you can restart the engine without depressing the brake pedal by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the N Neutral position Driving your vehicle ACC Accessory Orange indicator e With manual transaxle Press the ENGINE START STOP button when the button is in the OFF position without depressing the clutch pedal e With automatic transaxle Press the ENGINE START STOP button while it is in the OFF position without depressing the brake pedal If the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC position for more than 1 hour the button will automatically turned off to prevent battery dis charge ON START Gre
333. trol ON Continuous wipe INT Intermittent wipe if equipped OFF Off E Wash with brief wipes rear Features of your vehicle OAM049101N Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the igni tion switch is turned ON MIST For a single wiping cycle push the lever upward and release it with the lever in the OFF position The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is pushed upward and held OFF Wiper is not in operation INT Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals Use this mode in light rain or mist To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob 1 LO Normal wiper speed HI Fast wiper speed If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes or until the snow and or ice is removed before using the wind shield wipers to ensure proper oper ation OAM049102N Windshield washers In the OFF position pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1 3 cycles Use this function when the wind shield is dirty The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever If the washer does not work check the washer fluid level If the fluid level is not sufficient you will need to add appropriate non abrasive windshield washer fluid to the washer reservoir The reservoir filler neck is located in the front of the engin
334. trol air filter if equipped Q Replace engine coolant First 120 000 miles or 120 months after every 30 000 miles or 24 months UO Replace engine oil and filter Every 7 500 miles or 12 months O Add fuel additive Every 7 500 miles or 12 months Q Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Every 7 500 miles or 12 months K Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance ee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 135 000 miles or 108 months Inspect air cleaner filter Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrig erant and performance if equipped Q Inspect cooling system Inspect drive belt First 60 000 miles or 72 months after every 15 000 miles or 24 months Inspect drive shaft and boots U Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid 3 Brake lines hoses and connections 4 Brake pedal and operation 5 Chassis body nuts and bolts 6 Drum brake and linings if equipped 7 Disc brakes and pads if equipped 8 Exhaust pipe and muffler 9 Front suspension ball joints hey Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges Parking brakes 13 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts Me Continued Continued Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped UO Replace engine oil and filter Every 7 500 miles or 12 mo
335. ts and head lights will be turned ON or OFF auto matically depending on the amount of light outside the vehicle S EEE EE AE AE EE E E E E AE E Features of your vehicle e Never place anything over sensor 1 located on the instrument panel This will ensure better auto light system control Don t clean the sensor using a win dow cleaner The cleaner may leave a light film which could inter fere with sensor operation e If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield the Auto light system may not work properly a OAM049044 High beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights push the lever away from you Pull it back for low beams The high beam indicator will light when the headlight high beams are switched on To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the lights on for a prolonged time while the engine is not running OAM049043 To flash the headlights pull the lever towards you It will return to the nor mal low beam position when released The headlight switch does not need to be on to use this flashing feature Features of your vehicle OAM049045 Turn signals and lane change signals The ignition switch must be on for the turn signals to function To turn on the turn signals move the lever up or down A The green arrow indicators on the instrument panel indicate which turn signal is operating They will se
336. ts in a crash Heavy objects in the front passenger seatback could also interfere with the airbag sensing system osc aeses es oes EE E eee eet eee te ceo Ste see eee ease eee selene Sea se ee nee ce aoe cee E e oS ase eeanseeeeee ncaa eames oes see ease Safety features of your vehicle Rear seat adjustment Folding the rear seat The rear seatbacks can be folded to facilitate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle OAMO032025N To fold down the rear seatback 1 Insert the rear seat belt buckle in the pocket if equipped between the rear seatback and cushion and insert the rear seat belt web bing in the guide to prevent the seat belt from being damaged 2 Set the front seatback to the upright position and if necessary slide the front seat forward 3 Lower the rear headrests to the lowest position Safety features of your vehicle OAM039021 4 Pull on the seatback folding lever then fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle When you return the seatback to its upright position always be sure it has locked into position by pushing on the top of the seatback OAM039022 5 To use the rear seat lift and pull the seatback backward by pulling on the folding lever Pull the seat back firmly until it clicks into place Make sure the seatback is locked in place 6 Return the rear seat belt to the proper position When returning the rear seatbacks to the up
337. u tiously off the road to a safe place 2 Turn on your emergency flashers 3 Try to start the engine again If your vehicle will not start contact an authorized Kia dealer or seek other qualified assistance What to do in an emergenc IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START EMERGENCY STARTING If engine doesn t turn over or If engine turns over normally turns over slowly but does not start 1 If your car has an automatic 1 Check the fuel level transaxle be sure the shift lever is 2 With the ignition switch in the in N Neutral or P Park and the LOCK position check all connec Jumper Cables A emergency brake is set tors at the ignition coils and spark 2 Check the battery connections to plugs Reconnect any that may be hm 3 4 be sure they are clean and tight disconnected or loose 5 lt i 3 Turn on the interior light If the light 3 Check the fuel line in the engine A spate dims or goes out when you oper compartment battery mae ate the starter the battery is dis 4 If the engine still does not start Ga 19044001 charged call an authorized Kia dealer or Connect cables in numerical order 4 Check the starter connections to seek other qualified assistance and disconnect in reverse order be sure they are securely tight ened o Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it See instructions for Jump starting What to do in an emergency Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if done inc
338. ual feature may differ from the illustration Features of your vehicle Floor mat anchor s When using a floor mat on the front floor carpet make sure it attaches to the floor mat anchor s in your vehi cle This keeps the floor mat from sliding forward The following must be observed when installing ANY floormat to the vehicle Ensure that the floormats are securely attached to the vehicle s floormat anchor s before driving the vehicle Do not use ANY floormat that can not be firmly attached to the vehi cle s floormat anchors Do not stack floormats on top of one another e g all weather rub ber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat Only a single floormat should be installed in each position IMPORTANT Your vehicle was manufactured with driver s side floor mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floormat in place To avoid any interference with pedal operation Kia recommends that only the Kia floormat designed for use in your vehicle be installed OAM049094 Luggage net holder if equipped To keep items from shifting in the cargo area you can use the holders located in the cargo area to attach the luggage net If necessary contact your authorized Kia dealer to obtain a luggage net Features of your vehicle To prevent damage to the goods or the vehicle care should be taken when carrying fragile or bulky objects in the luggage compartment al OAM042346N Cargo s
339. unting the number of clicks heard while fully applying it from the released position Also the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fairly steep grade fio scce neces es oem EE EE eee eet eee cena Ste see eee eee ete eae eas eee nee ce aoe eee E ee oo Meee a eee eee nee ene ee eo eee oe Maintenance AIR CLEANER XY i OAM079044 OAM079046 Filter replacement 1 Loosen the air cleaner cover 2 Wipe the inside of the air cleaner attaching clips and open the cover 3 Replace the air cleaner filter OAM079043 It must be replaced when necessary and should not be washed You can clean the filter when inspect ing the air cleaner element Clean the filter by using compressed air 4 Lock the cover with the cover attaching clips Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is operated in extreme ly dusty or sandy areas replace the element more often than the usual recommended intervals Refer to Maintenance under severe usage conditions in this section A CAUTION Air filter maintenance e Do not drive with the air clean er removed this will result in excessive engine wear When removing the air cleaner filter be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake or damage may result Use a Kia genuine part Use of non genuine parts could dam age the air flow sensor WIPER BLADES 1JBA5122 Blade inspection Commer
340. ur vehicle The indications of the system s pres ence are the letters AIR BAG embossed on the air bag pad cover in the steering wheel and the pas senger s side front panel pad above the glove box The SRS consists of air bags installed under the pad covers in the center of the steering wheel and the passenger s side front panel above the glove box The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt sys tem alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity The SRS uses sensors to gather information about the driver s and front passenger s seat belt usage and impact severity The seat belt buckle sensors deter mine if the driver and front passen ger s seat belts are fastened These sensors provide the ability to control the SRS deployment based on whether or not the seat belts are fastened and how severe the impact is The advanced SRS offers the ability to control the air bag inflation within two levels A first stage level is pro vided for moderate severity impacts A second stage level is provided for more severe impacts The passengers front air bag is designed to help reduce the injury of children sitting close to the instru ment panel in low speed collisions However children are safer if they are restraint in the rear seat According to the impact severity and seat belt usage the SRSCM SRS Control M
341. ure proper reception But it could be removed when parking the vehicle or when loading cargo on the roof rack When cargo is loaded on the roof rack do not place the cargo near the antenna pole to ensure proper reception Features of your vehicle OAM049084 Audio remote control if equipped The steering wheel audio remote control button is installed to promote safe driving Do not operate the audio remote control buttons simultaneously VOLUME q 1 1 e Push up the lever to increase vol ume e Push down the lever to decrease volume SEEK PRESET V 2 If the SEEK PRESET button is pressed for 0 8 second or more it will work as follows in each mode RADIO mode It will function as the AUTO SEEK select button CDP mode It will function as the FF REW button CDC mode It will function as UP DOWN button the DISC If the SEEK PRESET button is pressed for less than 0 8 second it will work as follows in each mode RADIO mode It will function as the PRESET STA TION select buttons CDP mode It will function as the TRACK UP DOWN button CDC mode It will function as the TRACK UP DOWN button MODE 3 Press the button to select Radio or CD compact disc MUTE 4 e Press the MUTE button to cancel the sound e Press the MUTE button again to activate the sound Detailed information for audio control buttons is described in the following pages in this secti
342. ures of your vehicle High beam indicator This indicator illuminates when the headlights are on and in the high beam position or when the turn sig nal lever is pulled into the Flash to Pass position The indicator illuminates when the front fog lights ON Front fog light indicator if equipped Tail light indicator if equipped D es This indicator illuminates when the tail lights are on Engine oil pressure warning light This warning light indicates the engine oil pressure is low If the warning light illuminates while driving 1 Drive safely to the side of the road and stop 2 With the engine off check the engine oil level If the level is low add oil as required If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not available call an authorized Kia dealer CAUTION Engine damage If the engine is not stopped immediately after the engine oil pressure warning light is illumi nated and stays on while the engine is running serious engine damage may result The oil pressure warning light comes on whenever there is insufficient oil pressure In normal operation it should come on when the ignition switch is turned on then go out when the engine is started If the oil pres sure warning light stays on while the engine is running there is a serious malfunction Features of your vehicle Parking brake amp brake fluid warning light OJO
343. urned on for daily driving whenev er possible e To turn ESC off while driving press the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road surface Hill start assist control HAC if equipped Hill start Assist Control is a comfort function The main intend is to pre vent the vehicle from rolling back wards while driving off uphill on an inclined surface HAC holds the brak ing pressure builtup by driver during stopping procedure for 2 seconds after releasing brake pedal During the pressure hold period the driver has enough time to press the accelerator pedal to drive off The braking pressure is reduced as soon as the system detects the dri ver s intention to drive off e The HAC does not operate when the transaxle shift lever is in the P Park or N Neutral position e The HAC activates even though the ESC is off but it does not acti vate when the ESC has malfunc tioned Pio scceaeses ns otek eee ee ee eos e teen esate eee tee e te cena Ste see ee eee eee te eae ease ena ce aoe cee E oo Meee see eee ease eee a wen cee ooen Driving your vehicle Vehicle stability management VSM if equipped This system provides further enhancements to vehicle stability and steering responses when a vehi cle is driving on a slippery road or a vehicle detected changes in coeffi cient of friction between right wheels and left wheels when braking VSM operation When the VSM is in operation ESC indicator light
344. use of a non specified fluid could result in transaxle malfunction and failure Use only specified automatic transaxle fluid Refer to Recommended lubricants and capacities in section 8 Brake hoses and lines Visually check for proper installation chafing cracks deterioration and any leakage Replace any deteriorat ed or damaged parts immediately Brake Clutch if equipped fluid Check the brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir The level should be between MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification Parking brake Inspect the parking brake system including the parking brake pedal and cables Brake discs pads calipers and rotors Check the pads for excessive wear discs for run out and wear and calipers for fluid leakage Rear brake drums and linings if equipped Check the rear brake drums and lin ings for scoring burning leaking fluid broken parts and excessive wear Exhaust pipe and muffler Visually inspect the exhaust pipes muffler and hangers for cracks dete rioration or damage Start the engine and listen carefully for any exhaust gas leakage Tighten con nections or replace parts as neces sary Suspension mounting bolts Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage Retighten to the specified torque Maintenance ee Pe ene Sr ar eS SPS Steering gear box
345. vehicle 1GQA2083 Seat belt warning for driver s seat The driver s seat belt warning light and chime will activate to the follow ing table when the ignition switch is in ON position Conditions Warning Pattern Vehicle Light Chime Seater Speed Blink Sound Unbuckled 6 seconds Buckled 6 seconds None Below 3 mph 5 kmh 6 seconds None Buckled gt 3 mph Unbuckled 6 mph BBeeenes Above 6 mph 6 sec on 24 sec off 10 kmh 11 times Above 6 mph 10 km h 6 seconds Unbuckled L L Below 3 mph Stop 5 km h t Warning pattern repeats 11 times with an interval of 24 seconds If the driver s seat belt is buckled the light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately 2 The light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately B180A01NF 1 Seat belt Driver s 3 point system with emergency locking retractor To fasten your seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab 1 into the buckle 2 There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips If you lean forward in a slow easy motion the belt will extend and let you move around If there is a sud den stop or impact however the belt will lock into position
346. vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 ao o 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trail er load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle Driving your vehicle Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 A i Vehicle Vehicle i A Vehicle _ Capacity l Capacity nen E Capacity gan P A B c A B c Cc C190F01JM C190F02JM C190F03JM Item Description Total Item Description Total Item Description Total A Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs A Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs A Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs Weight 385 kg Weight 385 kg Weight 385 kg Subtract Occupant 300 Ibs Subtract Occupant 750 Ibs Subtract Occupant 805 Ibs B Weight 136 kg B Weight 340 kg B Weight 365 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg x 2 150 Ibs 68 kg x 5 161 Ibs 73 kg x 5 C Available Cargo and 549 Ibs c Available Cargo and 99 Ibs c Available Cargo and 44 Ibs Luggage weight 249 kg Luggage weight 45 kg Luggage weight 20 kg Refer to your vehicle s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s capacity weight Driving your vehicle TRIM COLD TIRE INFL OENO056020 Ce
347. y have sharp edges 10 To install the wheel hold it on the Handle them carefully to avoid possi studs put the wheel nuts on the ble injury Before putting the wheel studs and tighten them finger into place be sure that there is noth tight Jiggle the tire to be sure it is ing on the hub or wheel such as completely seated then tighten mud tar gravel etc that prevents the nuts as much as possible with the wheel from fitting solidly with your fingers again against the hub 11 Lower the vehicle to the ground by turning the wheel nut wrench counterclockwise OUN047019 Then position the wrench as shown in the drawing and tighten the wheel nuts Be sure the socket is seated completely over the nut Do not stand on the wrench handle or use an extension pipe over the wrench han dle Go around the wheel tightening every nut following the numerical sequence shown in the image until they are all tight Then double check each nut for tightness After changing wheels have an authorized Kia deal er tighten the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible Wheel nut tightening torque 65 79 lb ft 9 11 kg m Jie scceaeses ns oes e eee eee ease teen esate Reet eee te cen AE ene sete eae Sea see enema ce ae ce ee ees eee scene tear e on eee Sete eee eee eee eee eon ENE What to do in an emergency If you have a tire gauge remove the valve cap and check the air pressure If the pressure is lower than recom mended
348. y result in serious person al injury For cleaning the air bag pad covers use only a soft dry cloth or one which has been moistened with plain water Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the sys tem If components of the air bag system must be discarded or if the vehicle must be scrapped certain safety precautions must be observed An authorized Kia dealer knows these precautions and can give you the necessary information Failure to fol low these precautions and proce dures could increase the risk of per sonal injury Adding equipment to or modi fying your air bag equipped vehicle If you modify your vehicle by chang ing your vehicle s frame bumper sys tem front end or side sheet metal or ride height this may affect the oper ation of your vehicle s air bag sys tem Safety features of your vehicle OAM039042 Air bag warning label Air bag warning labels some required by the U S National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA are attached to alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system Keys 4 2 Remote keyless entry 4 4 Smart key 4 7 Door locks 4 13 Tailgate 4 17 Windows 4 19 Hood 4 22 Fuel filler lid 4 24 Sunroof 4 27 Features of your vehicle 4 Steering wheel 4 31 Mirrors 4 33 Instrument cluster 4 37 Rearview camera 4 60 Hazard warning flasher 4 61 Lighti
349. y stored locations can be selected Say Yes to confirm and make a call A shortcut to each of the following functions is available 1 Say Call Name Features of your vehicle e Dialing by Number A phone call can be made by dialing the spoken numbers The system can recognize single digits from zero to nine Press button Say Call Say By number when prompted Say desired phone numbers Say Dial to complete the number and make a call A shortcut to each of the following functions is available Say Dial Number Say Dial lt digit gt m Phone Book In Vehicle Adding entry by voice Phone numbers and voice tags can be registered Entries registered in the phone can also be transferred Press button Say Phonebook The system replies with all avail able commands To skip the information message press again and then a beep is heard Say Add Entry Say By Voice to proceed Say the name of the entry when prompted Say Yes to confirm Say the phone number of that entry when prompted Say Store if phone number input is finished Say a phone number type Home Work Mobile Other or Default is available Say Yes to complete adding entry Say Yes to store additional loca tion for this contact or say Cancel to finish the
350. y worn seat belt slows the driver s or the passenger s forward motion reducing the risk of head and chest injury After complete inflation the air bag immediately starts deflating enabling the driver to maintain for ward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other controls Safety features of your vehicle Passenger s front air bag NOTIC E a Raha icant _ Before you replace a fuse or discon nect a battery terminal turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion and remove the ignition switch Never remove or replace the air bag related fuse s when the ignition switch is in the ON position Failure to heed this warning will cause the SRS air bag warning light to illumi nate B240B05L OAM032072N Occupant detection system Your vehicle is equipped with an occupant detection system in the front passenger s seat Safety features of your vehicle The occupant detection system is designed to detect the presence of a properly seated front passenger and determine if the passenger s front air bag should be enabled may inflate or not The driver s front air bag is not affected or controlled by the occu pant detection system Main components of occupant detection system e A detection device located within the front passenger seat track Electronic system to determine whether passenger air bag sys tems should be activated or deac tivated A warning light located on the inst

AM(FL) usa cover.qxp - Soul Hamsters Forum

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents